Life Magazines (London editions) April 2025 by Fish Media Group Ltd

An eclectic vault preserving over a century of automotive history.

THE INDIAN OCEAN VS THE CARIBBEAN

With the shimmering Indian Ocean offering luxury amongst idyllic atolls hugged by crystal clear waters and the Caribbean providing lavish stays boasting renowned service and powdered sands. No matter what you choose, ITC has the perfect holiday for you…

LUX* SOUTH ARI ATOLL, MALDIVES

Some 4km of unspoilt beaches ring this delightfully expansive island, which charms its visitors with a combination of exceptional natural beauty, fine-dining and superlative scuba diving.

7 NIGHTS FROM £2,995 PER PERSON. Save 45% on accommodation.

Complimentary upgrade from full board to all-inclusive. Includes flights, transfers and luggage. All Inclusive.

Book by 30 Apr 2025.

Travel between 16 Mar 2025 and 26 Dec 2025.

Price based on 2 adults sharing a Beach Pavilion for 7 nights with a 18 June 2025 departure.

CURTAIN BLUFF, ANTIGUA

Award-winning and family-owned, Curtain Bluff has a true personal touch. A steel-pan serenaded lunch on the beach and an indulgent oceanfront spa are just some of the joys that await you.

FARES FROM £3,660 PER PERSON. Save up to 30% on accommodation

Includes flights, transfers and luggage

All Inclusive

Book by 30 Apr 2025.

Travel between 6 Apr 2025 and 31 May 2025. Price based on 2 adults sharing a Deluxe Room Ocean View for 7 nights with a 13 May 2025 departure.

Silver Nova Pool Deck

South Ari Atoll, Senses Pool

Curtain Bluff Terrace

7- DAY DOMINICAN REPUBLIC DELIGHTS

SEABOURN SOJOURN

18th November – 25th November 2025

Miami, Day at Sea, Grand Turk, Amber Cove (Puerto Plata), Isla Catalina, Day at Sea, Day at Sea, Miami

A SAIL BEYOND EVENT

UP TO $2,000 PER SUITE SHIPBOARD CREDIT

V1 with upgrade to V3

£2,949 per person

Cruise Only

$1000 Onboard Credit

10- DAY TYRRHENIAN TREASURES

SEABOURN QUEST 4th June – 14th June 2026

Monte Carlo, Portovenere, Bonifacio (Corsica), Porto Cervo (Sardinia), Day at Sea, Taormina (Overnight), Valletta, Day at Sea, Kotor, Dubrovnik

V1 with upgrade to V3

£5,699 per person

Cruise Only

$1000 Onboard Credit

14- DAY SOUTHERN ISLAND DISCOVERY

SEABOURN OVATION 3rd January – 17th January 2026

Bridgetown, Rodney Bay, Day at Sea, Oranjestad, Kralendijk, Willemstad, Day at Sea, Bridgetown, Castries, Day at Sea, Little Bay, St. Johns, Carambola Beach, Great Harbour (Jost van Dyke), Philipsburg

V1 with upgrade to V3

£4,399 per person.

Cruise Only

$1,000 Onboard Credit Japan Book by 30th April

Miami

Monte Carlo

Carambola Beach Portofino

Established in 2004, Cochrane Design is a leading provider of comprehensive interior and architectural design services for private clients, property developers, and hoteliers throughout the UK and internationally. With a reputation for creativity, precision, and excellence, the studio offers end-to-end project delivery — from initial concept through to construction, installation, and final detailing. Under the direction of Creative Director Sean Cochrane, the company brings together a highly skilled team of designers, architects, project coordinators, and master craftsmen. Their integrated approach ensures that every stage of the design and build process is carefully managed and meticulously executed to the highest standards.

Cochrane Design specialises in creating bespoke environments that blend functionality with refined elegance. Each project is tailored to reflect the individual lifestyle, aspirations, and aesthetic of the client, resulting in spaces that are both timeless and distinctive.

Cochrane Design, Britannia House, Britannia Way, Chelsea Design Quarter, London, SW6 2HJ Tel: 0207 751 0075 | Email: sean@cochranedesign.com WWW.COCHRANEDESIGN.COM

Photographer Paul Craig

KENDALL-TORRY CLOCKS

ALIVE AND TICKING…

Bespoke contemporary styled, traditional clocks - individually made to order by skilled craftsmen A unique piece for a special place.

Add something unique to your home

To view our full range, visit www.kendalltorryclocks.co.uk

Email: Kendalltorryclocks@gmail.com

Telephone: 07753 611799

WE NEVER SELL THE SAME

Your wedding day is something that you want to cherish forever. The most memorable days often require months of sleepless nights and endless logistical conundrums, but 1SW Events is here to help take over the stresses of planning a wedding and use our 20 plus years of collective expertise and industry knowledge to help you realise the day of your dreams.

Trusted throughout the industry as masters of our trade, we’re known for tearing up the rule book and throwing it out of the window. Where others say We can’t we like to say We can.

We are proud to say we’re trusted by some of the most prestigious venues across the UK. We’ve put together décor and planning at the likes of The Dorchester, V&A Museum, Grosvenor House and many more.

OUR SERVICES INCLUDE:

• Ceremony Decor

• Table Decor

• Fresh Flowers

• Furniture Hire

• Room Design & Layout

• Pre-Wedding Events Decor

• Lighting & Production

• 3D rendering

• Destination Wedding Services

For enquiries or to discuss your event, feel free to reach us at: Call us now: 0203 468 9394

Email: info@1swevents.com

For more information, visit our website: www.1swevents.com

1SW Events

Unit 53-55 Barking Industrial Park Alfred’s Way, Barking, Essex, IG11 0TJ WEDDING

Clink Events, a part of the Clink Charity, has launched a new, premium catering delivery service called Catered by Clink. Initially available within London and the Home Counties, Catered by Clink is a socially-conscious catering offering, supporting people in prison and those at risk of offending.

All Catered by Clink’s catering options are created fresh at the Clink Charity’s training kitchen in Herne Hill, South London, where people on day release from prison can develop new skills and gain City & Guilds NVQ hospitality qualifications.

Catered by Clink provides a bespoke delivery service that is ideal for office meetings, lunches and celebrations. Our menus include breakfast and lunch platters, tasty cakes and delicious canapes.

By ordering from Catered by Clink you can be assured of the highest quality produce, while contributing to a project that helps people into a brighter future.

Jonny Whitfield, Managing Director of Clink Events, said: “As well as receiving the highest quality breakfast and lunch platters, cakes and canapes, our Catered by Clink customers can be assured that they are helping people leaving prison, and those who could be at risk of offending, to choose a different path.

“As a charity, we have always been determined to marry our passion for fantastic food with the lifechanging opportunities a career in hospitality can provide. We know there is fellowship in food and we are excited to help more of our students discover it through Catered by Clink.”

ABOUT THE CLINK CHARITY AND CLINK EVENTS

Founded in 2009, The Clink Charity’s mission is to support people in prison to rebuild their lives and prevent young people from entering the justice system.

The charity operates restaurants open to the public, an award-winning bakery, horticulture training projects, a training café in South London and a social enterprise event catering company called Clink Events.

Clink Events is an accredited caterer at some of London’s most recognisable and historic venues such as: The Cutty Sark, St Paul’s Cathedral, The Guildhall, The Roundhouse, Westminster Abbey, The Science Museum and many more.

“In 2024 We provided over 26,000 hours of work for vulnerable adults.”

10% off all orders made before 31 May when quoting “Life

Fantasies Can Come True

Somnia Celtica

This stunning bed is very special. It is one of only two AVALON Celtic beds ever made and very unique – the only one of its kind in the world.

It is an art form, a dream concept of the early Celtic legends – the original art of Roger Sadler as if brought with him from a previous life.

The whole of the visible bed is made from ancient Bog Yew, deeply carved with Celtic knot work, undercut to give it life. The bedhead is solid Bog Oak, riven and knotted it is deeply inlaid with early Celtic imagery in Holly and Thorn. These bogwoods from the English Fens are considered to be some of the rarest woods in the world.

They are believed to be between 4000 and 5000 years old – trees growing in England when Stonehenge was built, and the Pharaohs were in Egypt. At the time of acquisition, they were inspected by the Environmental Research Centre Cambridge with samples taken and retained.

This bed is not a reproduction. It is an original concept, evocative of an age lost in the mists of time. It does not present as a piece of furniture but as a stunning piece of art – its awesome presence, emotional to some, draws you to it in contemplation and to sleep in it is almost as a portal to another world. Its beauty is in its concept, not its adornment. A bed is something very special. It is a place to rest, a place to escape from the real world but above all, it is a place to dream.

Could this be the most evocative bed in the world? It must surely contend as the definitive bed from a mystical and romantic age of the distant past.

The AVALON ‘The Lady Guinevere’ is the only bed of its kind in the world and is now offered for sale at a price of £85,000.

The bed will be offered with a new English handmade king size mattress (6’6”x5’) its existing drapes and a new floor length duvet all in consultation with the buyer. Please note that the illustrations are representative only and the bed can be viewed at a location near Cambridge.

To enquire or for further information contact: rogersadler@celticus.com

Tel: 07913 798666

LIFE MAGAZINES

Rodger Dudding’s journey from a modest upbringing to becoming the custodian of one of Europe’s most extensive private car collections is a testament to his entrepreneurial spirit and unwavering passion for automobiles. His venture, Studio 434, located in Hertfordshire, not only showcases over 400 vehicles & motorcycles but also serves as a dynamic hub for automotive enthusiasts alike.

The annually anticipated Claridge’s Easter Eggs return to delight chocolate lovers. Available to shop at the hotel, or to buy online, these celebratory creations are made entirely by hand over three days. Crafted using only the finest milk, dark and white Valrhona chocolate, they are generously filled with miniature dark chocolate salted caramel eggs.

The Royal Automobile Club, the country’s oldest motoring organisation, has announced its inaugural Club Concours. The brand-new event forms an exciting addition to an already illustrious calendar of more than 60 annual motoring events hosted by the Club, including the RM Sotheby’s London to Brighton Veteran Car Run.

The greatest flower show on earth returns to Royal Hospital Chelsea with stunning garden designs, gorgeous floral displays and exclusive shopping. Over a century old, and RHS Chelsea still delivers new ideas in horticulture – drawing a global crowd and is the ‘haute-couture’ of the international gardening scene.

Faye Manning Editor

EDITOR FAYE MANNING

EDITORIAL ASSISTANT KATIE MILLER

SUB EDITOR NICHOLAS PETER

FASHION EDITOR LARA ACCISON

DESIGN & PRODUCTION LISA WADE

SOCIAL MEDIA PARKER JONES

ACCOUNT MANAGERS

VANESSA LANE, NICOLA DREW, LISA WESTERMAN

ACCOUNTS TRACEY HALLS, ANDREE GEORGIOU

DIRECTORS RORY SMITH, PATRICK SMITH

PUBLISHED BY FISH MEDIA GROUP LTD

0844 800 8439

WWW.THELIFEMAGAZINES.COM

LIFEMAGAZINES

premier home design event

GRAND DESIGNS LIVE

Kevin McCloud will be back for a completely overhauled

Grand Designs Live, returning in a brand-new format to London ExCeL.

The show promises to be the best yet, filled with expert advice and endless home design inspiration across a revamped show, for an unforgettable day out. Over four exciting days, showgoers will have the chance to connect with specialists for one-toone advice sessions, plus new product ranges to inspire and turning dream homes into reality.

EXCITING FEATURES AT THIS YEAR’S SHOW INCLUDE:

The Grand House

An immersive, cutting-edge residence will bring the world of Grand Designs to life. The inspiring build showcases state-of-the-art, low carbon emission technology in the push for net zero, offering a glimpse into the future of eco-friendly living. Expertly curated by top architects and interior designers and its interactive features, allows visitors to see first-hand how smart design can transform a space at their fingertips.

Visitors can wander through stunning rooms such as high-tech kitchens, serene living spaces and incredible garden retreats, plus a brand-new section

“An

immersive, cuttingedge residence will bring the world of Grand Designs to life.

The inspiring build showcases state-ofthe-art, low carbon emission technology in the push for net zero, offering a glimpse into the future of ecofriendly living”

featuring fresh talent and the newest, most exciting products breaking into the market.

New Dedicated Theatre & Expert Advice Offerings

Hosting an incredible array of experts, visitors can see an exciting and engaging lineup discuss everything from sustainability to innovation, whatever the nature of your home project.

• Build and Renovation Theatre – with panel discussions covering everything from planning to execution

• Sustainability Theatre – hosted by Max McMurdo and honing in on the best ways to achieve your home build in a sustainable manner

• Kitchens and Bathroom Theatre – covering all aspects of kitchen and bathroom builds from the experts

• Home and Gardens Theatre – partnering with the Society of Garden Designers and British Institute of Interior Design, this will be the place to go for advice on indoor-outdoor living

The Build and Renovation, Kitchen and Bathroom, and Home and Gardens hubs will all also host ‘Advice Centres’, which offer free one-toone advice for projects from independent experts.

Architecture Advice Centre

Grand Designs Live will also be hosting the Architecture Advice Centre, where attendees can consult with experts on a one-to-one basis on a variety of topics to help them with their own grand design plans, including architecture, structural engineering and planning for self-builds and renovations for interiors, landscaping and outdoor living.

There is so much to explore – be inspired. granddesignslive.com

Claridge’s handcrafted Easter eggs return for 2025

The annually anticipated Claridge’s Easter Eggs return to delight chocolate lovers.

Available to shop at the hotel, or to buy online, these celebratory creations are made entirely by hand over three days.

Crafted using only the finest milk, dark and white Valrhona chocolate, they are generously filled with miniature dark chocolate salted caramel eggs. They are then lovingly wrapped in Art Deco monochrome foil, bound with black ribbon, and boxed in the hotel’s signature jade.

Each smooth shell is hand-crafted from Valrhona chocolate and imprinted with the Claridge’s crest. Break it open to discover the treasures inside: a collection of salted caramel eggs in miniature.

For an extra touch of sweetness, and new to this year’s Claridge’s Easter collection, is a delicately wrapped bag of Claridge’s Milk Chocolate Praline

Eggs. A selection of marbled miniature chocolate eggs filled with a velvety praline.

Each of the 18 eggs is carefully picked, placed, and tied beautifully with a monochrome chevron bow.

THE DETAILS

Claridge’s Easter Egg is priced at £85, and a bag of Claridge’s Milk Chocolate Praline Eggs is priced at £28. Other luxury Easter Gifts are available to purchase.

Both available to buy online at shop. claridges.co.uk or at Claridge’s Shop on Brook Street.

Claridge’s Brook Street Mayfair, W1K 4HR claridges.co.uk

Never miss a thing. From exciting new products to exclusive offers, be the first to hear the latest from Claridge’s.

ABOUT CLARIDGE’S

At the centre of Mayfair, Claridge’s, operated by Maybourne, embodies grand English style, timeless glamour and intuitive and highly tailored service. It is London’s Art Deco jewel, and home to elegant rooms and suites. From London’s finest afternoon tea in The Foyer, to vintage Champagnes at Claridge’s Bar and The Fumoir, dinner in Claridge’s Restaurant and cocktails at The Painter’s Room, all are part of the hotel’s unique splendour and charm.

CHELSEA IN BLOOM 2025

London’s largest free flower festival returns for its 20th year 19 - 25 May 2025

Chelsea in Bloom, the world-class floral art show and London’s largest free flower festival will return this spring with the theme ‘Flowers in Fashion’.

The streets of Chelsea will be transformed with floral creations, adorning the frontages of more than 115 businesses, shops and restaurants, from Ralph Lauren and Hackett to Brunello Cucinelli, RIXO and Temperley London, with inspiration taken from iconic fashion movements, style icons and muses, and honouring Chelsea’s legacy as one of the world’s most stylish destinations.

Produced by Cadogan in collaboration with the Royal Horticultural Society (RHS), Chelsea in Bloom extends the Chelsea Flower Show

“Produced by Cadogan in collaboration with the Royal Horticultural Society (RHS), Chelsea in Bloom extends the Chelsea Flower Show out into the local neighbourhood”

out into the local neighbourhood. Large scale installations will spring up across the area inspired by the ‘Flowers in Fashion’ theme, including giant yellow wellington boots under a sea of umbrellas, a tongue-in-cheek celebration of the British weather and nod to the Sloane Ranger on Sloane Square; a 4m high punk’s head with striking floral mohawk on the King’s Road; a stylish handbag and a spectacle of the roaring ’20s at Duke of York Square.

In honour of its recent transformation into a beautiful 1km green boulevard, Sloane Street will also boast three beautiful displays, including giant Elton John-inspired sunglasses and a model in a couture gown promenading, with a nod to local heroine Jane Austen.

Chelsea in Bloom will be working with The Confetti Club for a third year, granting another life for leftover fresh petals to turn to confetti, then sold to raise funds for Cancer Research UK.

Gold, Silver, Bronze and Merit awards will be awarded to participants by RHS judges alongside Lifestyle judges, in addition to the top awards for ‘Best Floral Display’, ‘Highly Commended’ and the ‘Innovation Award’, with winners announced on Tuesday, 20 May 2025. Voting for ‘People’s Champion’ is decided by the public and the only voting will open from 5pm on Monday 19th and close at midnight on Thursday 22nd – please vote for your favourite!

This year’s charity partner will be the British Fashion Council Foundation, championing the next generation of creatives and designers. Further information on the event is available at chelseainbloom.co.uk

STUDIO 434 PRESERVING AUTOMOTIVE HERITAGE

Early Life and Entrepreneurial Ventures

Born into a family with a Royal Navy background, Dudding’s early years were marked by discipline and a keen interest in engineering. His initial foray into the professional world saw him undertaking an engineering apprenticeship with the Royal Navy. However, a severe injury led to his early departure from service. Undeterred, Dudding transitioned to the corporate sector, working with companies like Rothmans and AMF. It was during this period that he identified a gap in the market for efficient queue management systems. This realisation led to the creation of the “Take A Ticket” system, a simple yet revolutionary device that streamlined customer service operations in various establishments such as Tescos and Luxury department store Harrods. The success of this invention laid the financial foundation for his future endeavors.

The Genesis of Studio 434

Dudding’s passion for automobiles was ignited when he inherited his father’s 1955 Morris Minor, a vehicle he cherishes to this day. This sentimental acquisition was soon followed by the purchase of a 1968 Jensen Interceptor FF. These initial purchases marked the beginning of what would evolve into an expansive collection. Over the years, Dudding’s discerning eye led him to acquire vehicles that were not only rare but also held significant historical value. His collection boasts an array of marques, from classic British brands like Aston Martin and Jaguar to international legends like Ferrari and Lamborghini.

A Diverse and Valuable Collection

Studio 434’s collection spans over a century of automotive history, featuring vehicles from a 1900 Ford model T to contemporary models like the 2017 Rolls-Royce Wraith. Among the highlights is the world’s largest private collection of Aston Martin Lagonda “Wedge” models, totaling 24 variants. This particular model, known for its distinctive design, holds a special place in Dudding’s heart, despite its polarising aesthetics. The collection also includes rare gems like the AC 428 Frua and the AC 378 GT Zagato, reflecting Dudding’s appreciation for unique and limitedproduction vehicles.

For more details visit studio434.co.uk

Follow on Instagram@434thecollection

Email: enquiry@studio434.co.uk Tel: 01707 642514

Beyond a Museum: A Multifaceted Facility

Studio 434 transcends the traditional concept of a car museum. The facility offers a range of services, including secure vehicle storage, classic car hire, and event spaces suitable for film, television, and photography projects. Its vehicles have graced the screens in productions such as “Peaky Blinders,” “Allied,” and “The Crown” underscoring the collection’s cultural significance. Furthermore, the venue hosts private functions and corporate events, providing a unique backdrop that seamlessly blends automotive heritage with contemporary celebrations.

Philosophy and Vision

Dudding’s approach to collecting is characterised by a deep respect for automotive history and a commitment to preservation. He views each vehicle as a piece of art, embodying the design and engineering ethos of its time. Unlike many collectors, Dudding rarely parts with his acquisitions, believing that each car contributes to the narrative of automotive evolution. His philosophy extends to the future of classic cars, as he expresses concern about the declining interest among younger generations and the potential impact of environmental policies on classic car ownership. Nevertheless, he remains optimistic, aiming to inspire future custodians through the continued operation and expansion of Studio 434. Rodger Dudding’s life and work encapsulate the essence of passion-driven entrepreneurship. Through Studio 434, he has not only preserved a significant slice of automotive history but has also created a vibrant space where the past and present converge. His unwavering dedication ensures that these mechanical masterpieces continue to inspire and captivate, fostering an enduring appreciation for the art of the automobile.

The Royal Automobile Club announces its first Club Concours

Wednesday 9 July 2025

With a glorious celebration of exquisite cars, a line-up of industry interviews, live music and fine dining, the curated Club Concours will feature over 50 of the world’s finest cars, spanning more than 100 years of motoring history.

Club members will be bringing their own cars to create a spectacular Member’s Paddock presenting 200 motoring treasures, while the special Members’ Supercar Paddock will be bursting with the latest and most exciting highperformance two-seaters from around the world.

Guests at this glorious ‘garden party’ are invited to enjoy special displays, with the day complemented by retail lodges, offering the very best luxury goods.

The independent panel of expert concours judges will consist of celebrities and some of the most influential people in the industry, with

trophies to be awarded for Category Winners, People’s Choice and the prestigious Best in Show.

CONCOURS CATEGORIES

A competitive celebration of the finest automobiles in fascinating and contrasting classes, with an additional section exclusively for motorcycles. The specially-invited expert judges will select winners in each category, and a Best in Show pinnacle – and everyone will together choose a People’s Choice.

These include:

• Riviera Great Rays of Sunshine

The playground of the rich, for cars, means opentop cruising to see and be seen, with a keynote being automotive beauty you can drink in like rays of golden sunshine. But there’s a lighter element too on those lazy days somewhere between Nice and Monte Carlo.

• Limousines The ‘Being Driven’ Big Beasts Home James! Well, in this case home will be Woodcote with a stretch as we celebrate the luxury limo in impressive style. We could hope to have everything from a Beatle’s Mercedes 600 to a French president’s Citroen SM landaulet. These cars are big

“The playground of the rich, for cars, means open-top cruising to see and be seen, with a keynote being automotive beauty you can drink in like rays of golden sunshine”

– extremely big – sumptuous and impressive, and just perfect for any red-carpet arrival.

• Brighton RM Sotheby’s London to Brighton Veteran Cars

For 128 years the world’s veteran cars have converged each November for the annual pilgrimage from the capital to the coast. This class will celebrate the very best of them in, just for a change, a wonderful summer setting, but they’ll all be in working order and rude health. Revel in the very beginnings of motoring in all its glory: these cars are older than the Woodcote Park clubhouse itself!

FEATURES

The Concours will transform the Royal Automobile Club’s breathtaking Woodcote Park estate into a unique motoring festival for a few precious hours. Alongside the event itself we’re planning a number of very special displays that our visitors can experience absolutely nowhere else, all building into a truly memorable and entertaining day.

These include:

• 120 years of the Tourist Trophy

This fabulous trophy, with its sculptural representation of the Greek god Hermes, has been in the gift of the Royal Automobile Club since 1905 and, like the racing maestros it has rewarded, has been round the track a few times. The Tourist Trophy is the oldest motoring trophy in the world, and its most continuously awarded; here we salute its place in motorsport with a line-up of winners representing its tremendous span through history, from chain-drive to hybrid power.

• 75 years of British Motoring

The year 1950 was a stellar one for the British motor industry. The Jaguar MKVII and Aston Martin DB2 whetted everyone’s appetite, Rover entered the jet-car age, BRM designed an incredible V16-powered F1 car, and Autosport magazine was published for the first time. Relive that epic year right here.

• 100 years of Phantom

Through its many evolutions, the Rolls-Royce Phantom has been a pinnacle of automotive excellence, beloved of royalty and rock stars, and setting the luxury benchmark with distinctive grace like no other car. We have gathered together the eight generations of Phantom for a retrospective that’s perfect for the elegance of

Woodcote Park itself.

The event is set to give its guests the chance to see rare classics and historic racing cars up close, as well as meeting personalities, owners and like-minded individuals, whilst savouring the Club’s ambience and impeccable fine dining at its signature restaurants.

The Woodcote Park clubhouse and estate is a spectacular venue and will provide a rare opportunity for visitors to experience the exclusive life of a Club member.

royalautomobileclub.co.uk

“The Concours will transform the Royal Automobile Club’s breathtaking Woodcote Park estate into a unique motoring festival for a few precious hours”

GREAT SCOTT!

SOUND Cafe’s Back to The Future The Musical Afternoon

Tea takes diners on an 88 mph

journey through time

SOUND Cafe at The Cumberland Hotel is taking diners on a trip to Hill Valley with the recent launch of its Back to The Future The Musical Afternoon Tea, following the soaring West End success of Back to The Future The Musical.

The stage adaptation of the iconic 1985 blockbuster has been a hit since curtains went up in the Adelphi Theatre in 2021. Now guests can live out Marty McFly’s dream on a new level with a spectacular afternoon tea and the chance to get up close with the iconic car that made time travel possible. The DeLorean itself is stationed within SOUND Cafe, ready for the ultimate pop culture photo moment and to take diners on a journey from past, present to future.

The afternoon tea features mini delights, designed to indulge the senses with a world of flavours. The ride begins being transported back in time to indulge in Mcfly’s slider burger and Mayor Goldie Wilson’s Hot Dog, before being grounded back in the present with the DeLorean pulled pork burrito, E=MC2 Mac and cheese toastie and Marty’s crispy shrimp tortilla with slaw and spicy citrus sauce, before taking flight again into the future for Doc’s brownies,Biff’s apple cobbler and George’s fruit macarons. Lorraine’s mini shake milkshakes will also accompany the tea, alongside Marvin’s berry iced tea available in refreshing flavours ranging from Raspberry and Mint to Mango and passionfruit.

For guests who are ‘Everybody who’s anybody’,

bottomless drinks can be added to the afternoon tea, with choices ranging from signature cocktails, to sparkling wine or draught beer.

What’s more, if a customer happens to utter Doc Brown’s famed catchphrase, ‘Great Scott’ to a waiter when ordering the afternoon tea, they will find themselves presented with two futuristic eight-sided dice. As 88 miles per hour is the speed required for theDeLorean to time travel, if the guest rolls a double eight, the entire table will get a complimentary upgrade to Bottomless Sparkling Wine, Draught Beer or Signature Cocktails! Applicable to one roll per booking.

Come and join the party at SOUND Cafe at The Cumberland Hotel, where all squares and maverick scientists are invited! The Back to the Future The Musical Afternoon Tea can be booked now online at https://sound.london/back-to-thefuture-afternoon-tea, priced at £45 per head, with the option to add bottomless Signature Cocktails, Sparkling Wine and Draught Beer for an extra £15 or bottomless Sparkling Wine and Draught Beer for £10.

THE DETAILS

Packages for SOUND’s Back to the Future The Musical Afternoon Tea and tickets to theWest End show, Back to The Future The Musical will be priced from £97 and available tobuy from londontheatredirect. com/dinner-and-show/back-tothe-future-afternoon-tea-at-thecumberland-hotel

Ceramic poppies return to the Tower of London

To mark the 80th anniversary of the end of the Second World War. Opens from 6 May 2025

From May to November 2025, the Tower of London will unveil a new display of ceramic poppies to mark the 80th anniversary of the end of the Second World War.

The new installation will use poppies from the acclaimed 2014 artwork, ‘Blood Swept Lands and Seas of Red’, which saw the Tower encircled by a ‘sea’ of poppies becoming a site for remembrance visited by over 5 million people. Nearly 30,000 poppies from the original installation, on loan from Imperial War Museums’ collection, will return to the Tower to form a new display.

The new display will resemble a ‘wound’ at the heart of the Tower, which was itself bombed during the Blitz and still bears some of those scars today. Poppies will pour across the lawn where the bloodred flowers will form a crater, with ripples flowing outwards. The installation will create striking images, reminding us of the sacrifice and loss of war, and of the long-lasting impact of conflict.

The new display has been designed by designer Tom Piper, who said: “It is a real privilege to

“The new display will resemble a ‘wound’ at the heart of the Tower, which was itself bombed during the Blitz and still bears some of those scars today”

be able to return to the Tower to design a new installation. Everywhere these poppies have been, they have brought people together, with their own stories of sacrifice, commemoration, and hope for the future. They have much to say about the universality of war and the anguish of suffering and loss. We hope that this new display will provide an opportunity to reflect on the impact of war not just on military personnel, but Londoners and people across the country.”

The Tower suffered heavy aerial bombardment during the Blitz, alongside the rest of East London. At the end of the War, the fortress was floodlit, as a beacon of hope for a new beginning, but the shadow of loss hung over its VE Day festivities. Marking this loss is of deep importance to the Tower’s resident community, many of whom are veterans themselves.

The display will open on 6 May, in advance of the 80th anniversary of VE Day - which marks the official end of the Second World War in Europe – on 8 May. It will run through VJ Day until 11 November, culminating in a moment of remembrance for Armistice Day.

For more information, visit: hrp.org.uk/towerof-london/whats-on/tower-remembers-2025

Top: Poppies © Historic Royal Palaces

Yeoman Warder with a poppy

FLEET STREET QUARTER LAUNCHES LONDON’S NEWEST LITERARY FESTIVAL

14 – 17 May 2025

Fleet Street Quarter is an area steeped in the heritage of literature and publishing, a place where stories have always been born. The Fleet Street Quarter Festival of Words will spotlight this storied history whilst exploring the ability of words to shape our world. The Fleet Street Quarter Festival of Words is a new cultural initiative launching in 2025 by the Fleet Street Quarter as a four-day celebration of the written and spoken word.

From the ways that words can shift the balance of power, through the control of words by censorship or through freedom of speech, to the shift in communication and knowledge driven by technology and AI, the themes that the Fleet Street Quarter Festival of Words will explore have never been more relevant or important.

The Festival programme will feature events

spanning current affairs and journalism, fiction, screenwriting, poetry and spoken word, and family and children’s events.

Along with established and emerging authors of fiction, non-fiction, and poetry, the programme will bring together broadcasters, journalists, screenwriters, spoken word artists, and voices from social media, reflecting the many ways that we engage with words and ideas in our day to day lives. The Fleet Street Quarter Festival of Words encompasses both a fresh look at the dynamic history of Fleet Street Quarter, whilst also providing a space for exciting new talent, and discussion of the urgent issues facing us today.

The Wednesday to Friday programme will include breakfast news events; lunchtime panels; and both early and late evening talks. Saturday will see a packed programme for adults and children with a wide variety of topics and event formats.

Visitors will discover new places within the City of London whilst also enjoying stimulating talks and events from a broad range of speakers to cater to all interests.

ABOUT FLEET STREET QUARTER

Encompassing an area which features Fleet Street at its heart, but embracing fascinating areas such as Chancery Lane, Holborn, Ludgate Hill and New Street Square, the Fleet Street Quarter aspires to shape the whole area into a thriving place to live, work, and visit.

For more information, visit fleetstreetquarter.co.uk/news/ festival-of-words

Image: Mickey Lee

The Craft of Carpentry

Step into the serene world of Japanese carpentry at Japan House London’s new and free exhibition The Craft of Carpentry: Drawing Life from Japan’s Forests, open until 8 July. This captivating exhibition transports visitors from the living forests that sustain the craft to the celebrated structures it has produced. At the heart of this journey are Japan’s daiku. For centuries, these master carpenters, driven by a respect for nature, have developed techniques and tools informed by the qualities of wood.

They create structures of beauty and complexity, from exquisite joinery to grand architecture capable of withstanding wind, snow

and earthquakes. From an introduction to over 80 specialist tools, to delicate techniques used in Japan’s teahouses with a full-size reconstruction of the Sa-an teahouse, hands-on opportunities for assembling wooden joints and the chance to breathe in the scent of the essential woods of Japan’s carpentry, a visit to this exhibition brings you up close to this vital tradition and its inextricable links with nature. This exhibition is accompanied by an extensive events programme. For more information, please visit japanhouselondon.uk/whats-on.

Japan House London. 101-111 Kensington High St, London W8 5SA

“This captivating exhibition transports visitors from the living forests that sustain the craft to the celebrated structures it has produced”

Spring in Bloom:

100,000 Tulips return to Hampton Court Palace. From 11th April – 5th May 2025

This Spring, Hampton Court Palace will once again burst into a breathtaking display of colour for the annual Tulip Festival. Historic Royal Palaces invites visitors to wander through one of the UK’s largest displays of award-winning planted tulips, where over 100,000 tulip bulbs will bring the Palace’s historic gardens to life.

Bright blooms will burst from every corner of the formal gardens and cobbled courtyards of Hampton Court Palace this April, with each bulb handpicked and planted by its expert gardening team. The Palace has a long association with the elegant tulip, as former resident Queen Mary II was a keen horticulturist and collected exotic plants to feature in the gardens.

In 2024, Graham Dillamore, Head Gardener at Hampton Court Palace, was awarded the World Tulip Award for Britain’s Largest and greatest Tulip Heritage Garden at the 9th World Tulip Summit.

Visitors can stroll through the grounds amidst

“Bright blooms will burst from every corner of the formal gardens and cobbled courtyards”

an array of carefully curated tulips, all included in general admission:

• Over 100,000 vibrant tulips will fill Fountain Court, the heart of Queen Mary II’s baroque palace.

• Floating tulip bowls will drift in the Great Fountain, showcasing a beautiful floral display.

• A vintage horse cart spilling tulips will take centre stage in Clock Court, offering a pictureperfect glimpse into the past.

• In the Kitchen Garden, a free style of planting, inspired by tulip fields in the Netherlands, will illustrate the diversity in tulip types.

• View rare, historic and specialist varieties in the Lower Orangery, some of which date back over five centuries.

• Palace Hosts will deliver daily Tulip Talks at 11.30am and 2.30pm in the Palace Wine Cellar, sharing the history of the most coveted flower of the 18th century and the Queen who introduced them to Hampton Court.

Celebrate the seasonal spectacle of tulips in bloom at this year’s festival by capturing the ultimate springtime photo opportunity, against the backdrop of one of Britain’s most stunning Tudor palaces, perfect for keen gardeners, flower enthusiasts or those looking for a fun-filled day out.

For more information visit hrp.org.uk

TCS LONDON MARATHON 2025

Sunday, 27 April 2025

TCS LONDON MARATHON START TIMES

(please note: these times are subject to change)

Elite Wheelchairs: 8:50am

Elite Women: 9:05am

Elite Men: 9:35am Mass event: 9:35am - 11:30am

Watch on BBC One and BBC

Two and online via BBC iPlayer, including the Finish Line livestream! The TV coverage and Elite race times will be released closer to Event Day. There will be two live streams from Tower Bridge and the Finish Line on BBC iPlayer and BBC Sport app.

These will also be available ondemand if you want to watch yourself back!

tcslondonmarathon.com

londonmarathonevents.co.uk

There is no other race in the world that comes close. The London Marathon has become an annual, inspiring and colourful fixture in the world’s sporting calendar since the inaugural race on 29 March 1981.

The London Marathon course is one of the most iconic routes in running, attracting participants from across the globe - starting in Greenwich and Blackheath, heading east through Charlton and Woolwich for three miles, turning west and passing the Cutty Sark in Greenwich after six to seven miles. It crosses Tower Bridge and then loops around London, right past the Shard. Continuing along past the 12th mile markers, runners will be taken past Canary Wharf and the

London Eye. Runners will finish in a blaze of glory along London’s most iconic landmarks, Big Ben, The Houses of Parliament and Buckingham Palace.

An iconic image of the event are the thousands of runners pounding the streets with sheer determination - from elite runners, club runners and those raising money for charity, many in fancy dress, hoping to stand out from the crowds. More than three quarters of competitors now run for a good cause and a third of all entry places are offered by charitable organisations. It has raised over £1 billion for various causes, making it one of the largest annual fundraising events in the world. The spectators at the London Marathon are said to be some of the best in the world, lining both sides of the course encouraging runners as they make their way to the finish line - and hoping to spot those famous faces! Celebrities taking part include Sir Jason Kenny, John Terry, Alexandra Burke, Romesh Ranganathan, Kelly Brook, Pop star Harry Judd, Joe Wicks and EastEnders star Adam Woodyatt.

All images: TCS London Marathon

THE MICHELIN GUIDE Great Britain & Ireland 2025

The most-eagerly anticipated restaurant awards in the annual calendar have been announced - Michelin has announced its 2025 restaurant selection, with a total of 1,147 restaurants, ranging in style from counter dining to country houses.

NEW THREE MICHELIN STAR RESTAURANT:

Moor Hall, Lancashire - Chef Mark Birchall and his team have continued to hone their craft and have now achieved new levels of excellence. The ingredients, many from the kitchen garden, are outstanding; the chefs’ culinary technique is hugely impressive; and the judgement of flavours, of when to prioritise simplicity and when to add complexity, is exemplary. The Inspectors particularly enjoyed the classically based turbot cooked in brown butter, with seasonal kuri squash and Mylor prawns.

NEW TWO MICHELIN STAR RESTAURANTS:

Humble Chicken, Soho - while Chef-Owner Angelo Sato’s Japanese heritage provides the basis

for this modern, upbeat izakaya, his creative streak ensures the theatrical tasting menu takes on a style all its own. Clever flavour and temperature combinations feature throughout, as do the kitchen’s immense precision and technical skill. Pumping music contributes to a great atmosphere, whilst sake ‘journeys’ are encouraged to add to the experience.

The Ritz Restaurant, St James’s - with its stunning Louis XVI decoration, there’s a flamboyancy in the delivery of the dishes that

Top: Moor Hall Restaurant; Above: Humble Chicken Below: The Ritz Restaurant

lives up to the surroundings. Equally impressive is the cooking itself, displaying balance, refinement and depth of flavour. You need only take one glance at the menu to see that classical French techniques and luxury ingredients both play a big role in proceedings. The sharing ‘Arts de la Table’ dishes allow the impeccable service team to keep the theatre of the gueridon trolley alive.

Hide & Fox, Saltwood - outside of London, near the Kent coast, duo Allister Barsby and Alice Bussi have added another chapter to their impressive story, earning Two Stars for neighbourhood restaurant Hide & Fox. Allister and the team’s cooking is packed full of delicious produce, cooked with due respect to deliver dishes that succeed on every level. The service is equally endearing, helping to create an experience that is a true delight.

NEW ONE MICHELIN STAR RESTAURANTS INCLUDE:

OMA, London SE1 - on the edge of Borough Market, OMA has become The Guide’s first Greek restaurant to be awarded a Star in the UK and Ireland – thanks to lip-smackingly delicious dishes from Chef Jorge Paredes. This is the spot that the capital’s Hellenic food enthusiasts have been crying out for, with utterly delicious sharing dishes. The covered terrace overlooks Borough Market, the pacing from the kitchen is spot on and the list of coastal wines is great too.

AngloThai, Marylebone - ‘Rooted in Thailand, Uniquely British’ is the tagline of this joyfully run restaurant from John and Desiree Chantarasak – John is half-Thai, half-British, a duality that informs his cuisine. The exemplary ingredients are sourced from across the UK, including from Desiree’s family’s farm. You can certainly expect more than British ingredients simply married with Thai flavours.

DOSA, Mandarin Oriental Mayfair - the restaurant Korean food enthusiasts have been waiting for. Served at a marble counter in the Two-Key Mandarin Oriental Mayfair, Jihun Kim’s cooking is luxurious and supremely skilful. It’s all executed with utmost skill and the mostly British produce is of superb quality. The chefs and wellversed service teamwork in impressive harmony and have a real desire for you to understand the cuisine, but most importantly to enjoy it.

Plates London, Hoxton - the first fully plant-

based restaurant in the UK and Ireland to receive a MICHELIN Star. There’s an appropriately earthy, natural vibe to this elegant restaurant dedicated to promoting plant-based cuisine. Chef Kirk Haworth, who founded Plates with his sister Keeley – brings his strong classical technique to bear on inventive and inviting vegan dishes that give vegetables the respect they deserve.

Starling, Esher - the first solo project of Nick Beardshaw – who established his reputation working with Tom Kerridge – it’s a simple neighbourhood operation, but one with undoubtedly delicious food. While the menu consists of the kind of seemingly straightforward dishes that are tricky to pull off yet so easy to eat. Nick’s signature dish of Orkney scallop with Thai green curry sauce is a prime example, the technical skill and balance of flavours shining through.

Together with the restaurants which have maintained their distinction from last year, there are total of 181 One-MICHELIN-Star restaurants in the 2025 MICHELIN Guide selection for Great Britain & Ireland.

THE DETAILS

Explore the full list of restaurants added to The Guide this year by visiting guide.michelin.com and via the iOS and Android apps.

Top: The Ritz Restaurant Above: Starling, Esher Below: Anglothai Left: Moor Hall Restaurant

UNLTD. – REDEFINING BEER, WITHOUT LIMITS

In today’s fast-paced world, more and more people are looking to enjoy life without compromise – balancing health, performance, and pleasure. Enter UNLTD., the premium non-alcoholic beer brand that’s revolutionising the way we think about drinking.

Born out of a desire to create something truly extraordinary, UNLTD. delivers all the flavour, refreshment, and satisfaction of a world-class beer – but without the alcohol. It’s not just beer without limits; it’s beer for those who refuse to settle for anything less than their best.

Crafted with care at one of the UK’s most sustainable breweries, every sip of UNLTD. reflects our dedication to quality and innovation. Using locally sourced ingredients and solarpowered brewing processes, we’ve created a range of beers that are low-calorie, gluten-free, sugarfree, vegan, and packed with B vitamins – making them the perfect choice for health-conscious individuals who want to enjoy great beer guilt-free.

But UNLTD. is more than just a beer. It’s a lifestyle brand that stands for possibility, aspiration, and living life to its fullest potential. Whether

you’re a fitness enthusiast, a social butterfly, or someone simply seeking balance, UNLTD. is here to inspire greatness and celebrate those who are motivated by more.

Already a hit with customers and critics alike, UNLTD. has won over 15 industry awards for taste and branding and is proudly served in top venues like Gaucho restaurants, Drake & Morgan bars, and Michelin-starred establishments. With every pour, we’re raising the bar in the alcohol-free drinks market.

So, why choose UNLTD.? Because life’s too short for compromises. Our beers are here to prove that alcohol-free doesn’t mean flavour-free – and that you can enjoy the best of both worlds without limits.

Ready to unlock your UNLTD.? Discover more at unltd.beer and join the alcohol-free revolution today.

“Already a hit with customers and critics alike, UNLTD. has won over 15 industry awards for taste and branding and is proudly served in top venues like Gaucho restaurants, Drake & Morgan bars, and Michelin-starred establishments”

CLARIDGE’S BAKERY

Set to open summer 2025 with internationally acclaimed baker Richard Hart

Claridge’s has announced that it will open Claridge’s Bakery in late summer 2025 with internationally acclaimed chef and baker, Richard Hart, named as Executive Baker & Creative Director.

Launching with a British-focused menu of beloved classics including Bloomers and Granary Loaves, as well as Jam Tarts, Custard Tarts, Belgian Buns, Iced Fingers, and more, as well as Hart’s globally renowned sourdough breads. The bakery will be located on Brook’s Mews, Mayfair, and sell delicious treats and goods straight from the ovens, with the sole aim of celebrating the art of British baking.

With delicacies available throughout the day, the menu will be created by Hart and take inspiration from Richard’s London upbringing and love and nostalgia for classic British bakeries, as well as Claridge’s own heritage.

The opening of Claridge’s Bakery marks Richard Hart’s much anticipated return to the UK, building on decades of travels and work across the globe, from San Francisco to Copenhagen and Mexico City. The founder of Copenhagen’s Hart Bageri acclaimed as one of the world’s best bakeries, Richard opened in partnership with René Redzepi of Noma. Originally from London, he

currently lives in Mexico City, where he is opening his newest project, Green Rhino. He is the author of Richard Hart Bread: Intuitive Sourdough Baking, published in the UK in January 2025 via Hardie Grant Books.

Richard Hart, comments, “I am excited and honoured to be the Executive Baker and Creative Director at Claridge’s Bakery. My goal is to celebrate timeless British baked favourites in one of the most notable British institutions. Bread and baked goods are an everyday staple that brings people together and I can’t wait to share my take on it with Londoners and visitors to the capital”. For further information, please visit: claridges. co.uk/restaurants-bars/claridges-bakery/ richardhartbaker.com

ABOUT CLARIDGE’S

At the centre of London’s Mayfair, Claridge’s, operated by Maybourne, embodies grand English style, timeless glamour and intuitive and highly tailored service. It is London’s Art Deco jewel, and home to elegant rooms and suites. From London’s finest afternoon tea in The Foyer, to vintage Champagnes at Claridge’s Bar and The Fumoir, dinner in Claridge’s Restaurant and cocktails at The Painter’s Room, all are part of the hotel’s unique splendour and charm maybourne.com

HAMPTON COURT PALACE FESTIVAL ANNOUNCES STELLAR LINE-UP

Hampton Court Palace Festival returns with a spectacular line-up of musical legends, pop icons, and even a live podcast experience – all taking place in the one-of-a-kind setting of Henry VIII’s historic Tudor palace. Running over nine nights, the series will host just 3,000 guests each evening, offering an intimate open-air concert experience like no other.

Festival-goers will be welcomed into the East Front Gardens for a magical ‘after-hours’ experience before heading to Base Court, where performances unfold beneath the palace walls in a truly spine-tingling setting.

Opening this year’s festival on Wednesday 11

From 11 – 21 June 2025

June are Manchester’s much-loved indie rockers James. With a remarkable four-decade career, the band has sold over 25 million records worldwide and boasts a back catalogue of hits including Come Home, She’s a Star, and the ever-iconic Sit Down. This marks their only London show of 2025 – a special one-off performance not to be missed.

On Thursday 12 June, soul powerhouse Rag’n’Bone Man makes his return. After shooting to fame with his breakout hit Human, he went on to win two BRIT Awards and released two number-one albums. His latest record What Do You Believe In? has received glowing reviews, and his live show is expected to deliver the emotive

Above: Gary Barlow

vocals and commanding stage presence fans know and love.

Legendary performer Tom Jones takes to the stage on Friday 13 June, returning to Hampton Court Palace as part of his Defy Explanation tour. With a career spanning over 55 years and hits like Delilah, It’s Not Unusual and Sex Bomb, audiences can expect a set that blends beloved classics with standout tracks from his critically acclaimed recent work.

On Saturday 14 June, pop royalty Bananarama celebrate 40 years in the industry with a glittering, hit-packed set. Recognised as the most successful female group globally by the Guinness Book of World Records, the duo’s set will feature favourites like Love in the First Degree, Venus and Robert De Niro’s Waiting…, guaranteeing a party atmosphere from start to finish.

The festival takes a twist on Sunday 15 June with a special live edition of the smash hit podcast The Good, The Bad & The Rugby, hosted by former England players James Haskell and Mike Tindall alongside broadcaster Alex Payne. With over 40 million streams, their podcast has become a staple for rugby fans. Expect behind-the-scenes stories, sharp humour and plenty of pitch-side banter.

On Tuesday 17 June, celebrated art-pop band 10cc make their long-awaited festival debut. Renowned for their genre-defying sound, the band has remained at the forefront of innovative musicmaking for over five decades. Their performance will feature classics like I’m Not in Love, The Things We Do for Love and Dreadlock Holiday, all delivered with the masterful musicianship fans have come to expect.

Superstar Chaka Khan makes her Hampton Court Palace debut on Wednesday 18 June. With ten Grammy Awards, a Rock & Roll Hall of Fame induction and hits like Ain’t Nobody, I Feel for You and I’m Every Woman, her impact on soul, funk, pop and jazz is unmatched. Her show promises powerful vocals, genre-blending brilliance and endless energy.

On Thursday 19 June, Gary Barlow returns to the Palace stage. As the creative force behind Take That and a hugely successful solo artist, Barlow brings timeless hits, exceptional songwriting and

huge charisma. With a set full of both solo gems and fan-favourite anthems, it’s sure to be another standout night.

Closing out the festival on Friday 20 and Saturday 21 June are critically acclaimed alternative rock outfit Elbow. Known for their cinematic sound and frontman Guy Garvey’s poetic lyricism, the band will bring the festival to an emotional crescendo with sweeping tracks like One Day Like This and Grounds for Divorce.

Now in its 29th year, Hampton Court Palace Festival (produced by IMG in partnership with Historic Royal Palaces) remains a highlight of the summer calendar – combining iconic artists with a breathtaking heritage location.

Top left: Opposite page, top: Elbow

Top centre: Bananarama - Credit London Records

Left: Sir Tom Jones Circle: Rag ‘N’bone Man

Below: Chaka Khan. Credit Nick Nelson

Be;low, left: 10CC. Credit Reinout Bos.

The Royal Parks Shop:

Feel-Good Shopping, Now Online

Love London’s royal parks? Now you can shop with purpose and support them from anywhere.

The Royal Parks charity cares for eight of London’s most iconic green spaces, protecting over 5,000 acres of parkland, wildlife, and history. Often called the “lungs of London,” these treasured landscapes –from Hyde Park to Richmond Park – provide a breath of fresh air in our bustling city.

Since 2023, Hyde Park has been home to a hidden gem – The Royal Parks shop in the Boathouse by The Serpentine. A beautifully curated space, it’s filled with unique gifts, homeware, books, toys, and more –all with a friendly team ready to help.

But now, the secret’s out- The Royal Parks official shop is online, bringing the magic of the

THE DETAILS

Head to shop.royalparks.org.uk and start shopping for a great cause today.

To learn more about The Royal Parks, visit royalparks.org.uk.

parks to you. shop.royalparks.org.uk is brimming with handpicked gifts and treats from independent and UK businesses with strong sustainability credentials. Every purchase supports The Royal Parks charity— helping to preserve these incredible spaces while also championing small, ethical businesses.

WHAT’S INSIDE?

From homeware to add warmth and personality to every room, garden & outdoor accessories for balconies and beyond, to fashion with sustainable flair – there is something for everyone. Get lost in the amazing book selection, filled with fiction, maps, and history, or indulge in food & drink treats, from crumbly biscuits to retro sweets. Not forgetting about little ones, the curated collection of sustainable Toys & games bring timeless fun for all!

Image © The Royal Parks

Hampton Court Palace Festival Welcomes Back Partnership For 2025

Hampton Court Palace Festival are delighted to partner with British Fine Food again this year to bring you the tastiest picnic offering yet.

Set against the magnificent backdrop of Henry VIII’s former residence, the Hampton Court Palace Festival offers more than just world-class live music – it’s an experience to savour from the moment you arrive. Before the music begins in the spectacular Base Court, guests can bask in the early summer sunshine with a luxurious pre-ordered picnic in the East Front Gardens.

Two decadent options are available from British Fine Foods: The Courtier’s Best of British Picnic and The King’s Gourmet Hamper. Both include meat and vegetarian choices, as well as a bottle of fine wine or Champagne, making it the perfect way to start an evening of entertainment. Picnics can be added when booking or to existing reservations.

For those seeking something extra special, a range of enhancements are on offer. From a welcome glass of Champagne to reserving a private gazebo near the fountain – complete with chilled drinks and nibbles – guests can tailor their experience to suit their style.

The pinnacle of luxury comes with the festival’s exclusive VIP packages. The King’s VIP Dining Experience includes a sumptuous three-course dinner served in the historic State Apartments – a rare opportunity to dine in true royal surroundings. Alternatively, The Queen’s Garden Party offers

THE DETAILS

Tickets are available now at hamptoncourtpalacefestival.com

private access to the beautifully manicured Garden Enclosure, with Pimm’s on arrival, bespoke grazing platters and prime views of the East Front.

On Sunday 15 June, the Beers & Bowls Package brings a sporty twist to proceedings. Guests enjoy access to the State Apartments alongside a curated selection of lagers, pale ales and hearty bowl food. To top it off, there’s a special meet-and-greet with England rugby legends James Haskell and Mike Tindall, plus TV host Alex Payne.

Whether it’s a picnic under the evening sun, an indulgent dinner or a brush with sporting royalty, Hampton Court Palace Festival 2025 promises an experience as memorable as the performances themselves.

The year’s Hampton Court Palace Festival will welcome Chaka Khan, Gary Barlow, Sir Tom Jones, Rag ‘n’ Bone Man, Bananarama, 10cc, Elbow, James and The Good, The Bad & The Rugby podcast.

Aspringtime celebration of antiques, design and art from antiquity to the contemporary takes place at The Decorative Fair this May. The event, held at Evolution London in Battersea Park (and the original fair in a marquee) draws decorators and collectors to see and buy the latest selections offered by 130 specialist dealers.

The Fair is overwhelmingly popular with the international interior design trade for sourcing every conceivable item to bring a unique decorative touch to their projects. The thrice-annual event has increasingly become a major attraction for collectors too, who enjoy the relaxed atmosphere and wide range of top-quality objects to enhance their homes.

The Spring Fair typically has a focus on decoration for outdoor spaces and garden rooms, and buyers are often sourcing sculpture and statuary, cast iron planters and urns, étagères, garden furniture in both classic and more unusual styles made in wood, metal and stone.

Pieces often come direct from source to the Fair still wearing their accumulations of moss and weathering – highly desired by some! Also popular are fountains, vessels for water features, vintage pots and timeworn ‘gardenalia’ (trugs, watering cans, etc) for the potting shed. Architectural pieces include garden gates, ancient doors, carved screens, decorative columns and plasterwork.

Buying trends at the recent Winter Fair (held 21-26 January) reaffirmed the appeal of English

THE DECORATIVE FAIR

6-11 May 2025, Battersea Park

ash, oak, walnut and elm – that long gone but not forgotten sentinel of the British countryside.

Twentieth century furniture and lighting by leading designers and architects sold well. Traditional and figurative art; traditional collectors’ items such as fine silver and glass by eminent makers such as Lalique and Tiffany; exceptional decoration for the wall in the form of painted chinoiserie panels; ‘old-fashioned’ desks and dining tables; fine antique upholstered seating both English and Continental; folk art and more ‘old-fashioned’ treen accessories.

Exhibitors range from long-time experts to up and coming young agitators in the trade bringing a fresh approach.

The House Directory, the UK’s leading directory for interior and garden design and decoration, will present a hand-picked collection of established and emerging home suppliers and services drawn from their extensive membership. For more details visit decorativefair.com

“The Spring Fair typically has a focus on decoration for outdoor spaces and garden rooms”

antique furniture crafted in vernacular woods:

Image: David Bedale

Image: Odyssey Fine Arts

Image: Made In Britaly

Image: The Moderns

Timeless Elegance for Your Home: The Art of Upholstery Design

In a world of mass produced furniture Newman & Bright offers a full range of handcrafted Chesterfields and a unique collection of models inspired by the Art Deco movement of the 1920s. Our collections capture the opulence of these eras whilst blending Deco designs seamlessly with modern styling. Each piece is a manufactured using locally sourced materials together with the finest European leather and fabrics.

More than furniture, our creations bring history, sophistication, and individuality into your home. We also provide bespoke design services, for those who want a unique piece of their own.

We are currently offering the first ten customers who complete our ‘Contact’ form and add ‘CK25’ a complimentary starter fabric or leather care kit. Visit our website today and discover how our furniture can transform your space—because your furniture should do more than fill a room; it should define it.

newmanandbright.co.uk

“Each piece is a manufactured using locally sourced materials together with the finest European leather and fabrics”

Gatsby from £1,475

The World of Tim Burton

Until

21 April 2025

at the Design Museum. In partnership with Harvey Nichols

The Design Museum has revealed for the first time the highlights of its major autumn exhibition on the exceptional career of director Tim Burton.

From October, visitors to the museum in west London will be invited to step into The World of Tim Burton and to journey through five remarkable decades of creativity. Today the famed and fascinating objects which will be seen are announced — from Tim Burton’s earliest unrealized projects to his most recent film, Beetlejuice Beetlejuice (2024).

Over 600 incredible items will be brought together in the exhibition to chart the evolution of Burton’s unique design aesthetic. Objects are loaned from Tim Burton’s extensive personal archives, key film studio archives including Paramount, Amazon MGM Studios, and Warner Bros., and the private collections of Burton’s collaborators. Many items have never been on public display in the UK before.

Highlights will include hundreds of Burton’s expressionistic sketches and drawings that he has created prolifically since childhood. These will be seen alongside props, set designs, and costumes from his iconic films, including Michelle Pfeiffer’s Catwoman costume from 1992’s Batman Returns, and the black and white striped dress from 1999’s Sleepy Hollow, worn by Christina Ricci.

The World of Tim Burton will showcase Burton’s remarkable output, with over 18 of his films individually spotlighted in the exhibition. It will celebrate the creative processes behind some of the most significant movies of the past five decades, including Beetlejuice (1988), Batman (1989), Edward Scissorhands (1990), and Charlie and the Chocolate Factory (2005).

The exhibition comes to London after a hugely successful decade-long world tour that has seen it visit 14 cities in 11 countries since 2014. Yet not only will this be the first and only time it will be

seen in the UK, it will also be the very final time the exhibition will be staged. For this very special homecoming – to Tim Burton’s adopted home city – it has been specially adapted, expanded, and physically reimagined for the Design Museum. Visitors will for the first time be able to take a deeper look at the director’s work by seeing it through a design lens. With the addition of over 90 new objects to the exhibition, this iteration of the show will examine Burton’s hands-on and designled approach to filmmaking.

A major aspect will also be the spotlighting of his long-term collaborations with designers working across costume, set and production design. This includes the renowned costume designer Colleen Atwood, production designer Rick Heinrichs, architect and designer Anton Furst, and the award-winning puppet makers and stop-motion animators Mackinnon and Saunders.

IN PARTNERSHIP WITH HARVEY NICHOLS

The World of Tim Burton is presented in partnership with Harvey Nichols. To celebrate the exhibition and its new partnership with the Design Museum, Harvey Nichols will unveil a Burtonesque Christmas window display later this year. It will feature five unique objects from Tim Burton’s private collection, previously showcased in his exhibitions around the globe. designmuseum.org @designmuseum

Portrait of Tim Burton Photographer/ Steve Schofield

Untitled (Creature Series). 1994. Pen and ink, marker, and watercolour wash on paper. Private Collection. © Tim Burton

Untitled (Teddy Bear in Paris), 2001. Private Collection © Tim Burton

The Pierre Marcolini Marbled Easter Collection has hatched for 2025

Available to buy from 14th March 2025 from Marylebone boutique, Harrods, Selfridges and online

For Easter 2025, Maison Pierre Marcolini invites you to explore a world where indulgence reigns supreme. This year, we have a motto: let’s stop choosing, let’s take it all and mix, combine flavours, textures, and colours!

Plumier & Malline small eggs - 12 pieces:

£27.00/24 pieces £39.00

Each creation in this collection has been designed to surprise and delight, offering a perfect celebration of flavours and textures.

Egg box - 11 pieces

£16.90

Egg box An elegant small coloured box in the shape of an Easter egg to enjoy several creations from the Maison. It contains an assortment of 11 chocolates: almond-hazelnut praline eggs, small caramel and praline rabbits, and Easter bells.

Bite-sized egg - £12.90

In an ideal format to offer for these Easter holidays, discover a tender bite of hazelnut praline, milk chocolate with natural biscuit pieces with almond, pistachio, pecan, and hazelnut shards, coated in milk chocolate.

Masterpiece “Grand Oeuf” & Eggs£159,00/£45,00

To honour the Easter celebration, what better than these 250g eggs or the masterpiece “Grand oeuf” with his two drawers to place at the centre of the Easter table! Big egg with homemade white

“Each creation in this collection has been designed to surprise and delight, offering a perfect celebration of flavours and textures”

chocolate, cracked shell, and base in dark chocolate made with beans from São Tomé & Príncipe and Ecuador.

Surprise behind the marbled appearance of these 250g eggs, discover a delicious dark, milk, or white chocolate shell and a second surprise... nestled inside this egg, a string of small eggs waiting to be bitten.

The ‘Marbled’ Easter collection is available from the Marylebone boutique, Harrods, Selfridges, and marcolini.co.uk

South Africa v Argentina

The Rugby Championship - South Africa v Argentina Comes to London at Allianz Stadium – Twickenham this Autumn

The Rugby Championship is coming to London on Saturday, 4 October 2025 (Kick-Off: 2pm), with Rugby World Cup winners and defending champions South Africa taking on Argentina in a big southern hemisphere clash at Allianz Stadium, Twickenham. And with the match falling on the final weekend of the Rugby Championship, everything could be on the line to decide who will be crowned champions.

With Argentina taking the scalps of South Africa, Australia and New Zealand in last year’s Rugby Championship, rugby fans can look forward to a fully-charged, highly competitive contest between two world-leading sides.

For South Africa, the showdown against Argentina marks a return to a familiar venue, having played three Test matches over the last 18 months at Allianz Stadium, beating England (2920) and Wales (41-13) in 2024, and New Zealand 35-7 in 2023 on their way to World Cup glory.

“It’s always exciting to play at Twickenham and we look forward to facing Argentina for the first time in the UK,” said Rassie Erasmus, the

Springbok Head Coach.

“We’ve played two neutral-venue Test matches at the iconic stadium since 2023 against New Zealand and Wales, and we thoroughly enjoyed the experience, especially with the passionate crowd filling the stadium and the large contingent of Springbok supporters based in the UK.

“We have no doubt this match is going to be another exciting spectacle given the intense battles between the Springboks and Los Pumas over the last few years, and we are looking forward to the challenge.”

Los Pumas Head Coach, Felipe Contepomi also commented, “facing the world champions is always a great challenge and a tough test that we have year after year thanks to The Rugby Championship. Playing against the best teams raises our level and is a great opportunity to keep growing.”

Many of the world’s leading players – including Siya Kolisi, Cheslin Kolbe, current World Rugby Player of the Year Pieter-Steph du Toit, Eben Etzebeth, Julián Montoya, Pablo Matera, Juan Cruz Mallía and Santiago Carreras are set to grace the Allianz Stadium turf, making this is a white-hot ticket for rugby fans.

Watch world class international rugby in action with edge of your seat entertainment. Tickets are selling fast, so don’t miss out - Buy Now! Visit ticketmaster.co.uk

THE DETAILS

See superstars of the game in a blockbuster action-packed final match of The Rugby Championship. Secure your seats early. Visit ticketmaster.co.uk For a 10% discount on groups of 10 or more, visit eticketing.co.uk/rfu/events

Hospitality packages from £179 PP +VAT. Visit allianzstadiumtwickenham.com

The Auction Room London

WHO ARE WE?

We are The Auction Room London. A family run business and Twickenham’s first 21st Century boutique Auction Room! Both Directors have grown up in the auction industry. Working alongside Shakira’s father Tom Keane, a well known TV antiques Expert, from the age of 13So have decades of knowledge and experience.

AUCTIONS:

Auctions take place the last Tuesday of every month at 12noon. Viewing 10am-4pm Sunday and Monday prior to the auction. Those unable to attend the auction in person can view and bid live online from anywhere in the world.

WHY BUY AND SELL THROUGH THE AUCTION ROOM LONDON?

To put it quite simply, compared to our competitors we have the lowest commission rates for both buyers and sellers, which means more money in your pocket! From a single item to a complete house clearance or specialists collection. We have a team of experienced experts who are eager to share their decades of knowledge with you to identify and sell your prized possessions from jewellery, silver, coins, ceramics, asian art, lighting, rugs, books, paintings and furniture just to mention a few, all valuations for auction sale are free of charge.We can also provide written probate valuations - fee’s begin from £150+VAT

SHAKIRA’S MOST FAVOURITE ITEM SOLD: (As seen above) Marco Ricci, Belluno, 1676 - 1730, Venice, 18th Century oil on canvas, which sold for £15,000 plus buyer’s premium.

MOST VALUABLE ITEM WE’VE SOLD: Manner of William Kent, an early 19th century carved giltwood and painted console table, which sold for £182,000 plus buyer’s premium

We are always consigning items for our monthly sales, so contact us for a free no obligation valuation. Free walk-in valuations are Tuesday-Friday 10am-4pm or you can book an appointment. Home visits can be arranged. Alternatively, you can send us images via Email, Facebook, Instagram or Whatsapp. theauctionroom.co

“We have a team of experienced experts who are eager to share their decades of knowledge with you”

We are achieving excellent results for our vendors and making them thousands of pounds!

Resident auctioneer and consultant valuer Tom Keane (left) and Consultant valuer Paul Hayes (right)

Shakira with her father Tom Keane

The Countdown Begins…

THE BOAT RACE 2025

Sunday 13th April 2025

Welcome to one of the world’s oldest and most famous amateur sporting events.

Watched by thousands along the banks of the River Thames and by millions more on TV around the world, The Boat Race is the world’s most famous rowing race, and one of the biggest free sporting events in London. 2025 will see the 170th Men’s Boat Race and 79th Women’s Boat Race.

The first ever race took place in 1829 in Henley on Thames, a challenge between old school friends. The Women’s Boat Race first took place in 1927. The contest between two rowing crews from the UK’s two greatest universities, Oxford and Cambridge, now spans nearly 200 years of sporting rivalry - and established itself as the epitome of amateur sport, raced by student athletes who combine academic rigour with elite physical prowess.

Since the second race in 1836, the contest

“The first ever race took place in 1829 in Henley on Thames, a challenge between old school friends”

has taken place in London and has become synonymous with British tradition and excellence, attracting global interest and offering an unrivalled educational experience to the student athletes who take part.

The Boat Race takes place on the famous Championship Course that stretches over 4.25 miles of tidal Thames in West London, between Putney and Mortlake.

The men’s and women’s top crews are known as the Blue Boats after the award their

universities give them for competing in The Boat Race. Both universities have reserve crews. For the men, Oxford’s reserve boat is called Isis, Cambridge’s is called Goldie. The women’s reserve boats are called Osiris (Oxford) and Blondie (Cambridge).

OFFICIAL HOSPITALITY 2025

Join others in the Thames Rowing Club for a VIP hospitality experience and enjoy the 2025 race. With a balcony offering spectacular views of the start, watch from the beautiful Thames Rowing Club and feel the intense atmosphere. Enjoy a Chapel Down English sparkling wine reception, followed by some delicious savoury bites and a traditional afternoon tea, and a unique experience at the stunning riverside location. Subject to availability.

Official Hospitality Package, Thames Rowing Club £295 per head (inc. VAT)

• Exclusive balcony viewing of the early stages of The Boat Race.

• Large screen TVs showing all the Live BBC

coverage of the action.

• Chapel Down, English sparkling wine reception.

• Complimentary beer, wine, and soft drinks.

• Selection of canapes, bowl food and rolling afternoon tea.

• Q&A session pre-race with Boat Race alumni and/or leading GB rowing stars.

• Official event programme.

• Boat Race giftbag.

Book via theboatrace.org/ boat-race-hospitality-2025-checkout

The Boat Race is regularly attended by over 200,000 spectators at the banks of the river and watched by millions more on television. Fans of The Boat Race from around the world usually pick one team to support! Cambridge University Boat Club wears the light ‘Duck Egg’ blue, whilst the Oxford crews wear dark blue. Whether you’re a supporter, fan, pundit or just love a good day out, you’re in for some great racing action!

For those of you who can’t be there in person, the next best thing is to watch the race live on BBC1. For more information visit theboatrace.org

Lulworth Cove, Dorset

CAYAGO Americas unveils the NEW SEABOB F9 SERIES

SEABOB, the world’s most popular luxury water toy, has made its much-awaited NEW F9 series premiere in the United States at the Palm Beach Yacht Show.

The new SEABOB F9 series guarantees an exhilarating experience and takes water toys to a whole new level. The lightweight portable design of the SEABOB F9 opens new possibilities, making it ideal for use not only on yachts but also on day boats on lakes or around sandbars. Its versatility and performance are unparalleled, ensuring an exceptional experience wherever the rider wants to explore.

Launched over 20 years ago, SEABOB has set the standard for high-performance water toys. Now, the SEABOB F9 takes that legacy to the next level, succeeding the renowned SEABOB F5 with even greater power, speed, and versatility.

Using refined engineering, SEABOB completely redesigned the F9, ensuring it provides an exceptional driving performance. Every component in the SEABOB F9 series is built to the highest possible standards of quality. Engineers at CAYAGO AG created a scooter with remarkable driving qualities due to its sleek, futuristic, and highly functional design that rivals the shape and dynamics of a high-performance sports car.

The evolution of personal watercraft is driven

by the need for efficient, sustainable propulsion. SEABOB’s F9 series advances this trend, featuring advanced lightweight materials and a highperformance electric drive.

The SEABOB F9 has been designed to exhibit a remarkable thrust performance, with a power output of 60 TP (Thrust Performance), while the SEABOB F9 S goes even further, with 84 TP. Both models allow riders to glide through the water at exhilarating speeds, while the F9 series’ battery life of up to one hour in sporty driving mode ensures a prolonged, adrenaline-charged experience.

CAYAGO AG engineers succeeded in developing a fantastic driving experience with SEABOB’s new futuristic silhouette. Both the F9 and F9S underwent weeks of intensive testing in SEABOB’s German facilities to ensure exceptional reliability in all conditions. One of the most notable features of the F9 series is its lighter weight, now just over 44 lbs. making it easy to carry and transport and ideal for weekend visits to lakes, beaches, or diving destinations.

With cutting-edge technology, remarkable performance, and a striking design, the SEABOB F9 series is set to revolutionise the world of electric water toys.

Visit: seabob.com; info@seabob.us

“SEABOB has set the standard for highperformance water toys”

Jumeirah Carlton Tower Introduces Technogym Innovation to The Peak Fitness Club & Spa

Jumeirah Carlton Tower, located in the heart of Knightsbridge is proud to announce the launch of Biostrength and Check-up by Technogym, an innovative, cutting-edge fitness experience now available at The Peak Fitness Club & Spa. Inspired by the past but looking to the future this revolutionary equipment offers members and guests alike an advanced way to achieve their fitness goals, combining state-of-the-art technology with optimal performance, all within the luxury of one of London’s most renowned wellness destinations.

Biostrength by Technogym represents the next frontier in strength training, integrating advanced biomechanics with real-time feedback. The equipment is designed to optimise performance and enhance recovery, offering personalised experiences for The Peak members and hotel guests through adaptive resistance and data-driven insights. With support from highly experienced trainers, the focus is on progressive training and injury prevention and is an essential tool for those seeking to elevate their fitness regime. Users can select from six different resistance modes— Isotonic, No Inertia, Eccentric Reduction, Eccentric Overload, Viscous, and Elastic—to align with guests’ specific fitness objectives. This adaptive technology enables users to achieve 30% better results in the same amount of time compared to traditional training methods.

In addition to that The Peak Fitness Club & Spa now offers Technogym Check-up, offering users a comprehensive understanding of their fitness levels. This system calculates a personalised ‘Wellness Age,’ focusing on strength, balance, mobility, and cognitive abilities. This state-of-theart equipment reflects one’s physical and functional condition, and crafts customised training programmes using AI-powered Technogym Coaches to help users align their ‘Wellness Age’ with their actual age, guiding them toward optimal health and sustainable results over time.

Members of The Peak Fitness Club & Spa will now enjoy a fully immersive workout, with the opportunity to track progress through advanced analytics, adjust to their personal needs, and achieve optimal results. Whether new to strength training or a seasoned athlete, Biostrength and Check-up ensures every individual can train smarter and more effectively.

THE DETAILS

For more information or to experience The Peak Fitness Club & Spa, please visit: jumeirah.com

Clerkenwell Design Week 2025

20 – 22 May 2025

Taking place across the whole of Clerkenwell EC1, a neighbourhood renowned for its high concentration of architects and designers, the annual festival is set to offer its biggest programme yet.

Clerkenwell Design Week captivates its visitors with an exciting line-up of installations, brands, exhibitions and talks across 15+ venues and 160+ local design showrooms.

Leading this year’s festival is a major new public artwork by British artist Alex Chinneck, set in Charterhouse Square. This special commission marks Chinneck’s return to sculpting with brick and playing with architectural elevations.

Meanwhile, Albion Stone and Hutton Stone return to Clerkenwell Green with an ambitious pavilion titled Brick from a Stone: Arch Revival and designed by Hawkins\Brown and engineered by Webb Yates.

Major Scandinavian brands take the spotlight this year, bringing fresh designs and innovation to the festival. HAY will showcase its latest collections by leading designers – including Erwan Bouroullec, Doshi Levien and Niels Jørgen Haugesen – at the MillerKnoll St John’s Square showroom, while String Furniture will make its CDW debut with its newest pieces at Old Sessions House.

Adding to the festival’s diverse programme,

Fringe partner Newby London on St John Street collaborates with The Goldsmiths’ Centre for a special exhibition exploring tea culture. New Forms: Tea & Contemporary Design presents innovative contemporary teawares crafted by some of the UK’s most talented silversmiths.

CDW continues to expand its global appeal with the introduction of a Spanish Collection at The Charterhouse, bringing together brands such as Naturtex, Gandia Blasco, Viccarbe, Antonio Ferre and Ezpeleta.

CONVERSATIONS AT CLERKENWELL

The festival’s official talks series, Conversations at Clerkenwell, returns with a stellar lineup of speakers, including Sabine Marcelis and PearsonLloyd. Curated by PR and brand consultant Katie Richardson, the talks will take place at The Charterhouse for the first time, featuring 18 live sessions over three days, including three daily sessions curated and hosted by Dezeen. Topics will range from colour and interior trends to heritage renewal, commercial space design and AI in design.

ITALGRANITI GROUP X SIMON ASTRIDGE

Italian porcelain stoneware manufacturer Italgraniti Group has commissioned a special project, Automatica, designed by Simon Astridge Architecture Workshop, to be revealed at the festival.

THE DETAILS

For the full programme, visit clerkenwelldesignweek.com

Instagram: @clerkenwelldesignweek

Twitter: @cdwfestival

Facebook: @clerkenwell.design.week

Brick From A Stone, Arch Revival.

Alex Chinneck - From the knees of my nose to the belly of my toesImage by Stephen O’Flaherty 2024 Fair

Charterhouse

The best start to the weekend

Interior designer Helen Shelley kick starts her weekend every Saturday at Wimbledon Village Stables (WVS) with an early ride on Wimbledon Common. This cherished routine has become an unmissable fixture in her diary!

Helen’s equestrian journey began eight years ago when she joined WVS, fulfilling a lifelong dream of learning to ride and understanding horses. Despite taking up riding later in life, she has discovered the immense joy and benefits of spending time with these majestic animals.The supportive and friendly environment at WVS has been instrumental in her development, making her feel part of a close-knit community.

Living in the bustling heart of SW9, Helen finds her weekly escapes to SW19 rejuvenating.

The transition from city life to the relaxing landscapes of Wimbledon Common brings a taste of the countryside within easy reach of London. Riding across the common and seeing the changing seasons is glorious and the 9am lesson strikes the perfect balance between fun, seriousness and physical challenge.

In addition to her regular rides, Helen has embraced the Equicise sessions at WVS. These simulator-based lessons have been transformative, allowing her to focus on technique and posture, thereby enhancing her overall riding skills. The personalised guidance from instructors during these sessions have been invaluable in her equestrian journey.

Beyond riding, WVS offers a vibrant social calendar. From enchanting summer parties in the yard to the annual Charity Ball in March. Plus, regular educational classes and talks throughout the year means that members have an opportunity for continuous learning and socialising.

A particular highlight for Helen is the Charity Fancy Dress Ride in the autumn, a colourful parade through the high street and commons that has become a beloved tradition in Wimbledon and one where Helen’s dedication and enthusiasm have not gone unnoticed. She has many times been awarded the top spot in the Fancy Dress for her amazing creative outfits.The event, which saw riders in spectacular costumes traversing Wimbledon Common and Richmond Park, raised thousands for the Wimbledon and Putney Commons Conservators.

Reflecting on her experiences, Helen is proud of her accomplishments, including completing her first dressage test last year. Her involvement with WVS has been a profoundly positive influence, opening doors to new challenges and achievements she once thought unattainable. wvstables.com. equicise.co.uk 24 a/b High Street, Wimbledon, SW19 5DX

“Beyond riding, WVS offers a vibrant social calendar”

THE BIG EGG HUNT ARRIVES IN SOHO FOR A CRACKING EASTER CELEBRATION

Six large scale egg sculptures have arrived in Carnaby Street, transforming the iconic destination into a live art gallery as part of The Big Egg Hunt, a city-wide Easter celebration in partnership with the Elephant Family trust. Until 27th April, The Big Egg Hunt will showcase over 100 uniquely designed eggs created by leading figures from the worlds of art, design, fashion, jewellery, and food, in support of Asian wildlife charity Elephant Family.

The six Carnaby Street eggs were decorated live by renowned artists Luke Smile, Navinder Nangla, OPAKE, Ricky Also, Mr Cenz and Penfold. Passersby had the rare opportunity to watch these artists in action as they transformed the sculptures into striking works of art. After the live painting, the egg sculptures joined the wider Big Egg Hunt to be on display in Soho’s favourite foodie destination, Kingly Court, where they will remain on display until 27th April.

Visitors will be encouraged to hunt down all of the eggs and scan each dedicated QR code to unlock an exclusive reward from participating restaurants and cafes in Soho.

When the exhibition ends, these incredible sculptures will be auctioned to raise vital funds for Elephant Family, the charity dedicated to tackling the challenges facing Asia’s wildlife and the communities that live alongside them.

The eggs include Luke Smile’s ‘Wisdom in Strength’, Navinder Nangla’s ‘Pashionate 4 Elefantz’, Opake’s ‘What a Mess’, Ricky Also’s ‘Fragile’ and Mr Cenz’s ‘Egg-lectric’.

Soho is a world-famous shopping and dining destination in the heart of London’s West End, synonymous with culture, creativity and innovation. Made up of one square mile of vibrant interconnecting streets including the globally renowned Carnaby Street, it’s home to a multi-dimensional mix of international flagships, independent boutiques and innovative, new concept stores. The epicentre of London’s dining scene, its unique day-to-night hospitality offer comprises high-quality restaurants, cafés, bars and pubs.

The egg sculptures will be in place until 27th April at Kingly Court, Soho. Visit thisissoho.co.uk for more information.

Escape to Amersham: The Perfect Day Trip from London

Looking for a charming escape from the hustle and bustle of London?

Just a short, direct journey on the Metropolitan line or a quick train from Marylebone, Amersham is the perfect destination for a refreshing day out. Nestled in the picturesque Chiltern Hills, this historic market town offers a delightful mix of old-world charm and modern comforts, making it ideal for families, couples, and solo explorers alike. Whether you’re after a peaceful countryside stroll, a bit of history, or a fantastic meal, Amersham has something for everyone.

Wander through the stunning streets of Old

Amersham, lined with beautifully preserved Tudor and Georgian buildings, boutique shops, and independent cafés. History lovers will enjoy the Amersham Museum, which brings the town’s rich past to life, while nature enthusiasts can explore the rolling hills and scenic walking trails of the nearby Chilterns. Foodies are in for a treat, too— Amersham boasts a selection of award-winning pubs and restaurants, including the renowned Michelin-starred Artichoke, perfect for a leisurely lunch or an indulgent dinner.

Whether you’re looking for a relaxed escape, a cultural adventure, or a countryside retreat, Amersham ticks all the boxes. With its perfect balance of history, nature, and great food, it’s no wonder this hidden gem continues to charm visitors from near and far. So, why not hop on a train and discover Amersham for yourself? A breath of fresh air is closer than you think! visitamersham.org.uk

Image: Luke O’Sullivan

Image: Lesley Tilson

Chiswick Nursing Centre

Offers

high quality rehabilitation, convalescence & respite care

Restore your strength and health after an illness or operation by letting us take good care of you with individually tailored nursing care and our in-house physio, excellent chef and expert hairdresser. The Chiswick Nursing Centre’s physiotherapists work seamlessly with nursing staff to provide the highest levels of integrated care.

As a part of the rehabilitation programme, the Centre’s qualified physiotherapists work closely with nursing staff to help patients achieve their goals. Highly experienced in the treatment and management of numerous conditions, the Centre’s physio team are experts in the field of rehabilitation. We support convalescence after surgery and to aid cancer recovery, including care of those with a range of other complex needs. We have particular expertise in rehabilitation following hip replacements and knee replacements.

The physiotherapy sessions are tailored to help recover mobility and the physio team aims to provide early detection of any movement related problems. Through their treatment the Centre’s physios help patients and residents to regain their confidence and independence to promote an excellent quality of life through improved health and wellbeing. New for this year is Massage Therapy including Acupressure, Advanced Deep Tissue Massage, Seated Hot Bamboo Massage, and Manual Lymphatic Drainage all helping to escape the day-to-day stresses of life whilst you enjoy an

THE DETAILS

Please email enquiries@ chiswicknursingcentre.co.uk or call 07568 106258. chiswicknursingcentre.co.uk

hour long session with our trained and qualified therapist. Massage Therapy is available to residents and to outpatients, so book an appointment today. A sister of a resident at the Chiswick Nursing Centre has seen the impact of care first-hand, she said, “ My sister (86) was admitted to this home during the virus crisis. The staff have been so caring and compassionate! She told us the carers were so kind and that the food was wonderful. The staff meet her every need and she feels that nothing is too much trouble for them. There are doctors, nurses and physiotherapists who help her daily.”

Chiswick Nursing Centre offers high quality rehabilitation, convalescence, respite & nursing care. We also offer holiday stays for carers who need a break – with maximum peace of mind –so they can take time for themselves. Respite care should be a proper break for you. Short term or long term, we can take care of your loved one so that you can rest, recuperate and re-energise, or simply catch up on your to do list.

With free parking on-site, the care home is a convenient location to be treated for a range of conditions including post-surgical rehabilitation and orthopaedic and musculosketal conditions. So, whether its physiotherapy, rehabilitation or convalescence, respite care, dementia care, longterm complex nursing care or general residential care, rest assured your loved one will be in safe hands at the Chiswick Nursing Centre.

Eden Grange Celebrates Top Care Home in London Listing

Located in the heart of Battersea, Eden Grange, a luxury care home, which provides residential and dementia care, is marking a double celebration. Firstly, the home has been officially recognised as a Top 20 Care Home in London according to Carehome. co.uk, the Trustpilot of the care home industry. This is a significant accolade given there are 1,213 homes in London.

Secondly, Cinnamon Care Collection, which owns and manages 23 luxury care homes including Eden Grange, has been named a Top Care Home Group by Carehome.co.uk, for the 8th consecutive year.

Carehome.co.uk’s ratings are based on reviews by residents, their friends and relatives, in terms of facilities, care/support, cleanliness, residents being treated with dignity, food and drink, staff, activities, management, safety and security, accommodation and value for money. Eden Grange scored an impressive 10/10, less than 1% of care homes receive this score.

Yetty Adepegba, Retirement Village Manager, Eden Grange comments: “We couldn’t be prouder! We always aim to go above and beyond for our residents and take great pride in providing the

highest quality care and a stunning, luxurious environment. To be recognised as a top care home in London is a major achievement, testament to the dedication, hard work and positive attitudes of our team here at Eden Grange.”

Amanda Hopkins, Reviews Manager, carehome. co.uk comments: “It is a huge achievement to be featured in our Top 20 care home lists, based on feedback from the residents and their families who have experienced for themselves the quality of care and support given at the care home. We would like to congratulate Cinnamon Care Collection and Eden Grange. Our awards, celebrate the excellent care given by care homes, and Cinnamon Care Collection has been recognised for giving first-rate care across its homes.”

“The top performing care homes and care home groups in our lists are making a profound difference to residents’ lives by putting compassion, respect and dignity at the centre of their care. Choosing a care home can be overwhelming and time consuming for both the person going to live there as well as their family, so we hope our awards for the highest rated homes will help simplify the search.”

For further information cinnamoncc.com/edencourt

LUXURY LIVING AT THE VALE

Ahome is more than just bricks and mortar. At The Vale, their collection of 30 luxury apartments available to rent, have been designed, so you can enjoy your retirement in a welcoming and vibrant community, without the worry of maintaining a property. Their contemporary apartments are beautifully crafted to the highest standards. Lightfilled open-plan living spaces, luxury kitchens and beautiful bathrooms combine style and accessibility.

Expect Porcelanosa kitchens with integrated Bosch appliances, built-in storage, underfloor heating and walk-in showers. Senior living can bring a change in pace and priority. They believe that The Vale enables you to live life to the fullest, safe in the knowledge that personalised care is available if required.

Their aim has always been to combine convenience, security contemporary retirement living in south London and affordability with access to a comprehensive range of hospitality. Knowing that support is available means you can embrace life with peace of mind.

With the Fleming one-bedroom elegant apartment, you can have the best of both worlds with a restful, stylish, open plan living room complete with hi spec, fully fitted kitchen. Add to this a chic double master bedroom with its fitted wardrobe and contemporary bathroom, all for a monthly cost that needn’t break the bank.

At The Vale you can have as much company and social life as you wish. The Bar & Bistro is perfect for catching up with friends. For a cosy place to read the papers or play cards, the library and lounge offer a comfortable, beautifully decorated environment. And if pampering is what you’re after, the on-site hair salon offers treatments or if you want to learn a

“Moving to The Vale was an excellent decision on my part; it’s the best of both worlds - independent living but with help on hand 24 hours a day should you need it”

new craft, the hobbies room is the place to go. Nestled in a peaceful location a short distance from Streatham, The Vale is more than just a new home - it’s a future filled with opportunities. Are you unsure about making the move to a retirement village?

Contact The Vale’s friendly team for a private appointment or to arrange a viewing. thevaleliving.co.uk Tel: 08081 696511

HStep into later living in style

Pegasus Homes - luxury later living in Hampstead with wellness at the core

ave you ever dreamed of living in London’s Hampstead Village, for centuries the inspiration of writers and artists, musicians and thinkers, from Keats, Constable and Sigmund Freud to Barbara Hepworth and Doris Lessing?

Once many miles from London and a spa renowned for the water’s healing properties in the 18th century, Hampstead today retains much of its period charm, its leafy residential streets lined with 300-year-old houses, and narrow alleyways filled with independent stores, antique shops, traditional pubs, restaurants and cafés. At the same time, a rich cultural life revolves around its theatres, cinemas and music venues. The Village is only a stroll away from the famous Heath with 790 acres of wild meadows and bathing ponds.

Combining luxury living with lifestyle amenities, by Pegasus Homes, Belle Vue is one of the finest later living communities in Hampstead, one of London’s most desirable areas. Belle Vue is an exclusive retirement community designed for those over 60. The spacious, modern two-bedroom apartments offer both comfort and luxury, featuring high-quality kitchens that optimize space and light, ensuite bathrooms, and open-plan living areas. Beyond just your apartment, life at Belle Vue includes a range of boutique services that embrace community living.

The community at Belle Vue is designed with health and well-being in mind. Residents have access to a state-of-the-art wellness area, including a swimming pool, spa with treatment rooms, gym, and studio. Beyond the fitness facilities, there are private lounges, landscaped courtyards, 24-hour concierge services, secure parking, and a guest suite for visiting friends and family. For relaxing, the roof terrace offers stunning views of London - the perfect spot for a G&T.

The apartments at Belle Vue are the ultimate in

luxury and comfort for those with a lot more life to live. Two-bedroom apartments, designed with modern kitchens that optimise space and light, ensuite bathrooms with walk-in showers. The apartment benefits from an open-plan living area, many of which feature a loggia-style terrace with views of the city.

Regarding life here, one couple explains, “One of the things we like about living here is how approachable the staff are. It’s secure, people aren’t allowed to just walk in and we have alarms if you’re on your own and need help... It makes our children feel confident that their parents are in a safe environment.”

World-leading architects Morris+Company have drawn inspiration from the surrounding areas and the artists who have lived in this beautiful borough over the years. Exclusively catered towards the over 60s, the feel of the development encourages socialising, exploring and creativity, with wildflower meadows and gardens that teem with life, rooftop bee boxes and amazing city views.

Another resident at Belle Vue says “For the first time in years I am experiencing a new way of living – I do everything that suits me, I now have an air of newfound confidence that I didn’t have before moving into my new home. I have met a vast and interesting mix of people from different backgrounds, yet at the same time so many of us share much in common, the communal spaces are often bustling with people always willing to sit and chat with a cup of tea.”

THE DETAILS

Two-bedroom apartments at Belle Vue are available for purchase, priced from £1,250,000.

Learn more about Belle Vue at pegasushomes.co.uk/belle-vue/ or get in touch to arrange a private viewing on 020 7980 8727 or bellevue@pegasushomes.co.uk.

THE OUTDOOR LIVING GUIDE

World-renowned, glamorous and quintessentially British…

RHS CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW 2025 PREVIEW

20 – 24 May 2025

The greatest flower show on earth returns to Royal Hospital Chelsea with stunning garden designs, gorgeous floral displays and exclusive shopping.

Over a century old, and RHS Chelsea still delivers new ideas in horticulture – drawing a global crowd and is the ‘haute-couture’ of the international gardening scene.

RHS has revealed their sensational garden line-up for 2025, representing the pinnacle of horticultural excellence with cutting-edge design, inspiration, colour and innovation. Expect to be dazzled!

2025 SHOW GARDENS INCLUDE:

The London Square Chelsea Pensioners Garden - designed by Dave Green, built by PC Landscapes. Working with the Royal Hospital Chelsea, home of the Chelsea Pensioners, London Square aims to reflect the 300-year-old heritage of “a home for soldiers broken by age and war.” The garden is a place for the Pensioners to share or to enjoy quiet reflection. Vibrant planting to the garden boundaries reflects the ceremonial life of the Pensioners, with calmer and more textural planting to the centre capturing their more private moments.

The British Red Cross ‘Here for Humanity’

“RHS has revealed their sensational garden line-up for 2025, representing the pinnacle of horticultural excellence”

Garden - designed by John Warland & Tom Barrister, built by Luxe Exteriors. The garden is inspired by Henri Dunant – the Swiss visionary founder of the Red Cross Red Crescent Movement – and the countless volunteers who have dedicated their lives to impartial and compassionate service supporting people in crisis in the UK and overseas. A contemporary twist on an alpine garden, highlighting where the Red Cross has recently provided disaster relief.

Boodles Raindance Garden - designed by Dr Catherine MacDonald, built by Gadd Brothers Trees & Landscapes. The Boodles Raindance Garden commemorates the 25th anniversary of the ‘Raindance’ jewellery collection. Inspired by the impact of water on stone, the garden reflects

Tackle HIV Challenging Stigma Garden

Boodles Raindance Garden

the style and motifs of the jewellery. Against the backdrop of lush green ferns, beautiful flowers such as Astrantia ‘Shaggy’ and Paeonia ‘Noémie Demay’ stand out like gemstones. Seating areas provide tranquillity amidst the lush greenery, creating a serene and restful atmosphere.

Tackle HIV Challenging Stigma Gardendesigned by Manoj Malde, built by JJH Landscapes. The garden draws inspiration from the significant scientific and medical advancements made in HIV treatment over the last 40 years. Today, individuals living with HIV on effective treatment can anticipate a long and fulfilling life without limitations. Hexagonal paving reflects a key chemical structure found within many HIV medications. Water flows under a bridge, symbolising the transition to a healthy life supported by community.

THE GREAT PAVILION

A fresh floral feast! An oasis of colour and scents with some of the world’s finest growers and nurseries exhibiting impressive displays and offering expert advice. Nothing compares to being surrounded by the colour and fragrance in the Pavilion - a truly unique experience.

The RHS Sustainable Garden Product of the Year competition is also announced and champions companies creating greener choices for gardeners. The vast Great Pavilion will also house Floristry and Floral Art.

RETAIL THERAPY

Enjoy exclusive boutique shopping - from garden buildings and seating to jewellery, textiles, arts and crafts, there’s something to tempt everyone. All around the showground, you’ll find a host of exhibitors, both new and established, selling their innovative and desirable horticultural-themed products and gifts.

FOOD & DRINK

Expect to be wowed with a mouth-watering array of food and drink with glamorous restaurants such as The Promenade at RHS Chelsea Flower Show by The Dorchester, The Ranelagh Restaurant, Spring Garden at RHS Chelsea Flower Show and Champagne & Seafood Restaurant. Plus, there are plenty of cafes, food courts and picnic areas perfect for a quick bite to eat.

RHS CHELSEA LATE –FRIDAY 23 MAY 2025

Discover RHS Chelsea Flower Show as the sun sets with music, food and music. From 5.30pm, all the sights of the show are yours to enjoy. At 8pm, head to Ranelagh Gardens for an unforgettable evening performance from legendary DJ Sara Cox and an eclectic mix of delicious food and drink options from around the world.

RHS Chelsea Flower Show is without doubt the most prestigious Flower Show on earth.

For more details and to book tickets for RHS Chelsea Flower Show, visit rhs.org.uk/chelsea

The British Red Cross ‘Here for Humanity’ Garden

BBC Gardeners’ World Live

12 – 15 June, NEC Birmingham

BBC Gardeners’ World Live returns with its spectacular Floral Marquee, inspiring Show Gardens, popular presenters, and plant experts, and with a new campaign to ‘Make a Metre Matter’ – encouraging people to transform one metre of outdoor space to help the planet. Supporting wildlife, saving water and growing food to reduce food miles are just some of the ways in which these small but mighty metres can make a difference.

Bringing the campaign to life is BBC Gardeners’ World presenter, Nick Bailey. The plantsman and author is passionate about sustainable gardening, and his plastic-and concretefree garden will be packed with eco-friendly highlights, resources and materials. He will be chatting about Make a Metre Matter from his Plant-Based Garden on each day of the show.

BBC Gardeners’ World presenter Adam Frost introduces an exciting new highlight –an interactive and exclusive new gardening and gastronomy experience for live cooking demonstrations, kitchen gardening tips and inspiring conversations. Guests include Rachel Allen, Chris Bavin, Si King, James Martin, John Torode and Lisa Faulkner.

Visitors can look forward to all of BBC Gardeners’ World Live’s much-loved features

including an array of beautiful and thoughtprovoking Show Gardens and the plant-filled paradise Floral Marquee. Got a pressing plant problem? Visit the BBC Gardeners’ World Live Plant Experts, Lucy Chamberlain and Saul Walker, at their one-to-one advice desk.

You’re never far from a BBC Gardeners’ World presenter with Monty Don, Frances Tophill and Rachel De Thame live in conversation with Nicki Chapman, sharing summer garden tips and signing copies of their latest books.

There’s superb shopping to be had, both indoors and out, with hundreds of high-quality retailers selling garden accessories, décor, tools, equipment and furniture. Indoor gardeners will love the new Green Rooms. This house plant heaven features plant-packed stalls, pots and accessories, expert plant care advice, talks and workshops.

Tickets for BBC Gardeners’ World Live include entry to Good Food Show Summer, featuring demonstrations and theatres, stages and talks, tastings and workshops. There’s plenty of street food options, delicious food and drink to taste and buy, and toetapping live entertainment to enjoy. Celebrity chefs include Rachel Allen, Jane Dunn, Lisa Faulkner, Nadiya Hussain, Si King, James Martin, Tony Singh, Cyrus Todiwala and John Torode.

THE DETAILS

Tickets are on sale now at bbcgardenersworldlive.com

BBC Gardeners’ World Live, NEC Birmingham, 12 – 15 June 2025

OUTDOOR LIVING

LUXURY LOUNGING

This stylish outdoor 2 seater sofa with 2 armchairs includes a large coffee table. Our half round grey rattan, with round rattan detailing around the arms, backs and table top, will withstand our British weather of rain, wind and sun. The premium grey cushions are super thick and comfortable. Underneath the 7mm tempered glass top is a fully weaved table top for a luxury look. homejunction.co.uk

COOKING UP A STORM

This remarkable grill transcends the boundaries of traditional barbecues, offering a world of delectable possibilities that will tantalise your taste buds and impress your guests. directstoves.com

LOVE TO LOUNGE

Crafted from natural teak and dark grey strapping, this lounger is the epitome of comfort and style. The sleek carbon matt finish gives it a contemporary edge, making it a must-have for any outdoor space. sweetpeaandwillow.com

SNUGGLE UP

Embrace comfort, colour and joy with the TBCo Home collection. Led by design and available in the highest-quality materials, each statement piece is designed in Scotland and inspired by a sense of fun. Add natural texture to your space with cosy wool blankets. tartanblanketco.com

IN FULL BLOOM

Soak up the sun in comfort with our new floral garden cushions. Available in three sizes, these cushions were designed for outdoor use knowing that the beautiful art won’t fade in the sun! These bespoke garden cushions are water-resistant to protect against spills and are great for long summer days spent relaxing outdoors! claire-louise.co.uk

Family Company celebrating 59 years of excellence.

• Heating & Environmental Specialists

• Service & Maintenance Contracts

• Pool Refurbishments

• Chemicals, Equipment, Safety Covers

• Moveable Floors

• Saunas & Steam Rooms

• Hot Tub Showroom

• Supporters of Ordinary 2 Extraordinary

KEW GARDENS, SURREY

Children can learn about fruit and vegetables through games, interactive zones, a vegetable carnival and a veggie fact trail inspired by bestselling children’s books this Easter (Apr 5-21) at these celebrated botanic gardens.

Heroic spud Supertato and his veggie friends, the creation of best-selling authors Sue Hendra and Paul Linnet, come to life across several interactive zones with hands-on activites.

Meanwhile, families can explore The Power Of Trees, a new exhibition exploring the beauty of trees across art and sculpture, which opens at the Shirley Sherwood Gallery of Botanical Art on April 12.

FAMILY TIME ]

GARDENS TO VISIT FOR EASTER FAMILY FUN

By Hannah Stephenson

As Easter is almost here, it’s time to get up, get out and enjoy all that our gardens have to offer with families in mind, where the kids can let off steam and the grown-ups enjoy some glorious spring flowers.

From egg hunts to forest detective trails and a vegetable carnival, there is something for everyone. Here’s a selection of outdoor family events at beautiful gardens which should blow the cobwebs away.

EDEN PROJECT, CORNWALL

Celebrate the joys of spring with a giant egg hunt at the Eden Project this Easter (Apr 5-20). Visitors can get stuck into immersive family games and outdoor play and discover vibrant wildflower art that brings the season to life. Little ones can enjoy a nature-themed soft play space and everyone can discover how caring for nature also takes care of you.

NEWBY HALL & GARDENS, NORTH YORKSHIRE

Families can join in a Magical Kingdom Adventure Easter trail (Apr 18-21) though the stunning gardens’ woodland walk over the Easter weekend, meeting the Rusticus Trees and then embarking on a quest to help the King and Queen of the Fairies to care for the natural world.

STOURHEAD, WILTSHIRE

Join this adventure trail (Mar 29-Apr 21) where you pick up a trail sheet, bunny ears and a chocolate egg at the end.

When Stourhead first opened in the 1740s, a magazine described it as ‘a living work of art’. Parents can also immerse themselves in this world-famous landscape garden, which has at its centrepiece a magnificent lake reflecting classical temples, mystical grottoes, rare trees and spectacular rhododendrons.

FELBRIGG HALL, GARDENS AND ESTATE, NORFOLK

A family-friendly route invites visitors to complete nature-inspired activities including seed planting, welly wanging and an interactive water wall on the estate’s Easter trail (Apr 5-22).

A home for more than 400 years, Felbrigg Hall has one of the largest collections in the National Trust. Outside, the decorative and productive walled garden is a gardener’s delight, while the estate includes 520 acres of woodland, with rolling parkland home to newborn lambs, a lake with cygnets and buggy-friendly paths.

CHIRK CASTLE AND GARDEN, WREXHAM

Inspired by a medieval Welsh legend, St Melangell – the patron saint of hares – an interactive trail will take you through the beautiful gardens of 13th century Chirk Castle as you help a courageous hare on its journey to safety (Apr 14-27).

The hare has been dashing through the Welsh valleys, overcoming challenges and meeting friendly animal companions along the way.

POULTON HALL, CHESHIRE

(open for the National Garden Scheme Apr 19 and 20)

If you like a little quirkiness, this garden has it in spades. It features three acres with lawns fronting the house and a wildflower meadow, while there’s a surprise approach to the walled garden, with reminders of children’s writer Roger Lancelyn Green’s retellings, Excalibur, Robin Hood and Jabberwock. Wander through the rose, nursery rhyme, witch, herb and oriental gardens and a memories reading room.

DYFFRYN GARDENS, NEAR CARDIFF, SOUTH WALES

10 hands-on family orientated activities including the egg run, feed the bunny and animal dressup stations feature on the Easter adventures trail (Apr 7-22) at this this National Trust gem, along with chicken and egg themed croquet, tic tac toe, splat the egg and more, all created by the team of talented volunteers. Visitors who want a slightly more sedate experience can explore garden rooms, sweeping lawns, kitchen gardens, meadows and a large arboretum, in this peaceful oasis on the outskirts of Cardiff. In spring, thousands of bulbs will be flowering throughout the meadows and in the beds around the gardens.

RHS GARDEN HARLOW CARR, NORTH YORKSHIRE

Families can spring into a host of interactive activities this Easter (Apr 5-21), from the annual giant egg hunt where families are invited to crack the egg-nigma code, to egg-stra special forest school workshops, family story yoga and hands-on planting activities. Those searching for the signs of spring can join the Garden Detective adventures around the garden, where RHS experts will lead the search with plenty of stories, games and secret challenges along the way. After exploring the garden, little ones can drop into a craft workshop and design an Easter basket to take home.

Norfolk Garden Furniture produce 19th Century antique-inspired benches for both traditional and contemporary gardens. Constructed in high quality galvanised steel and architectural- grade powder coated, for supreme durability in all weathers, with little or no maintenance. Benches come in a variety of sizes and styles, including armchairs, and coffee tables, in 24 sumptuous colours.

Owner and creator, Annabel Payne, collects antique garden furniture, which gave her the idea to reproduce timeless classics, but manufacture them to be more durable, and in a fabulous colour range, from bright tangerines, and pinks, blues and greens as well as a more understated natural stone, beiges and greys.

The fine metal work is crafted by workshops across Norfolk, using local galvanising and coating plants. Norfolk Garden Furniture sales are available online, and in retail outlets across the UK.

Prices start from £1200. For more information and stockists, see the website norfolkgardenfurniture.com

Norfolk Garden Furniture

Marrakesh Magic

The Baked Tile Company bring a slice of Moroccan sunshine to UK shores

Homeowners looking to bring warmth to their outdoor space this summer no longer need to rely solely on the sunshine.

Independent tile retailer, The Baked Tile Company, is bringing a slice of the Moroccan climate to homes across the UK with their Marrakesh Terracotta Brick Light Matt Tiles, which are ideal for use in the garden.

Not only does the earthy terracotta colour channel the charm of the ‘Red City’ but these tiles have been made for outdoor use, so they are ideal for those considering a patio makeover in time for summer.

Lesley Taylor, Interior Designer and Founder of The Baked Tile Company, said: “Whether you are making over a compact courtyard or creating an entertaining zone within a large, multi-tiered garden, the charm of our Marrakesh Terracotta Brick Light Matt Tiles is unrivalled.

“It is an incredibly special tile that will transform not just the look but the feel of your space, bringing a warmth to gardens all year round.

“And because it is manufactured from frostproof and anti-slip porcelain, it is ideal for use outside with minimum maintenance required to ensure it looks great for years to come.”

Choosing the right tiles for your outdoor space involves balancing design preferences with practical requirements, and Marrakesh Terracotta Brick Light Matt Tiles are ideal – combining aesthetic appeal with easy handling.

Lesley added: “Consider the specific needs of your outdoor area, including slip resistance and frost-proofing, to ensure a safe and long-lasting tile installation.

“With the right tiles, your outdoor space can be both beautiful and functional for years, providing a perfect setting for relaxation and entertainment.” bakedtiles.co.uk

“Choosing the right tiles for your outdoor space involves balancing design preferences with practical requirements”

INSIDE TO OUTSIDE

This summer, bring the comforts of the home out into the elements with nkuku’s stylish collection of garden furniture and accessories.

Elevate outdoor living with nkuku’s beautifully crafted and comfortable garden furniture collections, designed to bring stylish, handcrafted designs to any alfresco setting. From reclaimed wood and rustic iron dining tables, perfect for outdoor entertaining, to antique brass outdoor lighting, statement mirrors, and sculptural planters in warm terracotta and unique aged zinc, each piece is thoughtfully designed to enhance those cherished summer days outdoors.

“Designed to bring stylish, handcrafted designs to any alfresco setting”

Furniture collection features elegant curves and a sleek, contemporary aesthetic. More compact than other furniture styles, it’s ideal for smaller spaces. An aged bronze metal frame supports panels of durable acacia wood. The collection includes a bench, chair, coffee table, and side table, allowing you to mix and match pieces to suit your space and needs.

Elegant and characterful bistro sets with a hint of vintage charm make for relaxed outdoor meals and evening drinks with friends. The handcrafted Parwaha Bistro Dining Table is an enduring staple that seamlessly blends industrial iron with smooth white marble, offering a fresh take on a timeless design. Style with clusters of antique finished lanterns and planters to create the perfect holiday inspired setting.

The new Sadhi collection, featuring an elegant outdoor sofa and loveseat, is both hard-wearing and effortlessly stylish. Made from acacia wood— renowned for its durability and high oil content— it is an ideal choice for outdoor furniture. Each piece has been beautifully crafted to celebrate the grain of this natural wood, which will develop a lovely patina over time.

Perfect for lounging, the new Yatin Outdoor

Handcrafted plant pots and garden planters, made from terracotta using traditional techniques, add texture and character to any outdoor setting. The new Ullu planters, available in three sizes, showcase natural terracotta in its purest form, staying true to nkuku’s passion for celebrating raw materials. Their soft, sculptural shapes highlight the natural beauty of the clay, making them perfect for both indoor and outdoor use, with a convenient optional plug for indoor settings.

A curated collection of new outdoor lighting styles offers a variety of options designed to illuminate porches, pathways, and decking areas. Crafted from antique brass sandcast aluminium, the Rhya Outdoor Wall Lamp is a standout piece, combining an industrial silhouette with the delicate charm of clear glass. Whether casting a welcoming glow on a winter evening or enhancing the mood for summer suppers under the stars, nkuku’s outdoor lighting ensures year-round elegance. A new collection of outdoor mirrors perfectly complements the lighting, adding depth and character to any garden setting while enhancing planting schemes and architectural details. Discover nkuku’s beautifully crafted and thoughtfully designed outdoor furniture collections at nkuku.com.

Carving a future

Throughout history, humanity has had the urge to leave its mark on the world. From the earliest handprints in caves through the indents of cuneiform in clay to brightly-painted hieroglyphics, our predecessors have left messages we can still read and interpret today.

The Romans perfected letterforms we still use, carving them into stone across their empire. An inscription on Trajan’s Column in Rome is the archetype that underpins much of our contemporary lettering from books to signage to text messages. The best place to see that inscription is in the Casts Court at the V&A in London, better preserved than the now weathered original.

The ancient craft of carving inscriptions into stone has been passed down the centuries from master to apprentice and now flourishes thanks to a growing group of dedicated practitioners. Many current lettering artists have received support and training from The Lettering Arts Trust, a charity dedicated to preserving and promoting the craft of letter carving.

Apprentices and other trainees funded by the Trust have gone on to make their career as professional carvers, providing a service valued by those wishing to create something unique and personal, especially when commemorating the life of a loved one. The Trust’s commissioning service guides people through the process of choosing, briefing and working with an artist to commission a memorial or decorative piece.

A carved inscription reveals the hand of the

maker, each mark of the chisel connecting artist with viewer through words made physical. In a world increasingly mediated through screens, this connection is more important than ever.

The Lettering Arts Trust is committed to ensuring the age-old yet contemporary craft of letter carving continues to develop and thrive, creating works that communicate what matters most to us today with future generations. If you would like to commission a memorial or decorative piece, buy an original work of lettering art, visit their exhibitions and permanent collection, become a Friend or make a donation, get in touch with the Lettering Arts Trust to find out how you can help preserve the craft of letter carving.

letteringartstrust.org.uk

Clockwise from top left: John Betjeman statue, St Pancras by Martin Jennings; Covid Memorial, St Paul’s Cathedral by Charlotte Howarth; Fragment of The Dream of the Rood by LAT apprentice Maia GaffneyHyde; LAT apprentice Rachel Butler

Famella

Famella are a family run organisation that specialises in high specification refurbishments, conversions, extensions, basements and new builds in the prime residential market and have a proven track record in this field.

Famella fully understands what an architect, structural engineer and client require from a contractor. They operate within key areas of expertise, understand the complexities of modern design and are dedicated to project delivery.

They enjoy the challenge of working with new materials, procuring modern designs and incorporating design development where necessary.

Famella have been creating beautiful award-winning homes for over 25 years

Famella’s projects have won numerous industry awards including RIBA Award 2010 & 2022 and have had their work published within the RIBA Journal, World Of Interiors, Architectural Digest, Architects Journal, Architecture Today, Dezeen, Wallpaper Magazine, The Times and numerous books.

“Famella have executed several projects within the Grade 1 Listed RIBA headquarters. Each was managed very efficiently and completed on-time and within budget. The quality of work and attention to detail was of an exceptionally high standard and I therefore have no hesitation in recommending Famella.”

THE HOME OF QUALITY DESIGNER TEA TOWELS AND SELECTED TABLE LINENS

(ABOVE) “Antea”, printed linen tablecloth in violet and red by Tessitura Toscana Telerie. Size featured 160 x 230 cm other sizes available on request.

(RIGHT) “Recycle Linen & Cotton

Bistro”, linen & cotton multi-purpose tea towels by Charvet Éditions

(RIGHT) Printed linen table runner by Tessitura Toscana Telerie

(BELOW) “Potager D’ Printemps & Potager D’Ete”, woven cotton tea towels by Coucke

“À L’Orangerie-

Home Landing is the home of fine tea towels, a website for textile enthusiasts. Browse through our collections of printed and woven tea towels ranging from fun loving and classic cotton prints, fine printed Italian linens, rustic woven French linens, design led coloured French jacquard tea towels and classic Irish linen glass cloths. There is something for everyone and PLEASE do not hesitate to contact us for any special orders.

Suppliers include: Charvet Éditions, Coucke, Emma Ball, Jacquard Français, Linoroom, Tessitura Toscana Telerie, Thomas Ferguson and Ulster Weavers.

Visit: www.home-landing.co.uk | Email: info@home-landing.co.uk | Telephone: 01635 48521

(BELOW)

Mimosa Yellow”, woven linen table runner by Jacquard Français

Transform Your Garden with James Gray’s Bespoke Garden Rooms and Workspaces

In London, where space is a precious commodity, the idea of transforming your garden into a practical yet stylish area is more appealing than ever. James Gray Garden Buildings Ltd offers bespoke, fully insulated workspaces, studios, annexes and garden rooms designed to perfectly suit your needs.

Tailored Designs for Every Need

Whether you need a creative studio, a garden gym, a quiet home office or a multi-purpose garden annex, James Gray’s expert team works closely with you to create a space that’s both visually stunning and functional. Their bespoke design service means that each building is one of a kind, made to reflect your specific requirements and blend seamlessly with your garden environment.

The process is collaborative – starting with a free consultation where you can explore various design options. James Gray’s designers help you create a custom solution that maximises both style and practicality.

Craftsmanship and Quality

What sets James Gray apart is their commitment

to craftsmanship. Their team of master craftsmen use the highest quality materials to ensure each building is insulated, aesthetically stunning and durable. Each garden room is designed for yearround comfort, regardless of the weather, so you can enjoy your new space no matter the season. The installation process is quick and efficient, taking just an average of seven working days to complete, so you can start enjoying your new garden room with minimal disruption to your daily life.

Your Ideal Garden Space Awaits

If you’re ready to create your perfect garden room, book a free consultation with James Gray today. Their bespoke design and installation service ensures that your garden space will be as unique and functional as you envisage. jgray.co.uk

“What sets James Gray apart is their commitment to craftsmanship”

DISCOVER THE ART OF OUTDOOR LIVING – In Shade, Comfort and Style

As visitors to the Chelsea Flower Show and BBC Gardeners’ World Live will know, creating beautiful outdoor spaces is both an art and a joy. But to truly enjoy the garden all year round, thoughtful design doesn’t end with plants and paving. A welldesigned outdoor space should feel like a natural extension of the home. Whether it is used for entertaining, relaxing, or dining alfresco.

Access Awnings, specialists in bespoke outdoor shading, help homeowners across the South East transform their patios, terraces and gardens into beautiful, functional spaces. From award-winning retractable awnings to innovative glass rooms and pergola systems, Access offers the complete Markilux range – premium German-engineered solutions that combine cutting-edge technology with contemporary style.

At the heart of their offering is the Markilux MX-3 – a sleek, motorised folding-arm awning that blends elegant design with everyday practicality. Its smooth curves, customisable frame colours and advanced sun protection make it a stand-out feature for any modern home. Perfect for creating shade on sunny days or shelter from a light summer shower, the MX-3 helps homeowners make the most of outdoor living all year round.

Spring Special Offer – £500 Off

To celebrate the season, Access Awnings is offering £500 off the Markilux MX-3 radiocontrolled awnings, available until 30th June 2025. With free design consultations and expert installation, they make it easy to elevate any outdoor space.

From stylish verandas and pergolas to fully enclosed glass rooms, Access Awnings provides tailored solutions to suit every lifestyle and setting. For inspiration and details, visit accessawnings.com or call 0800 716 569 to book a free home consultation.

Discover the Perfect Blend of Design and Function with Solus Fire & Water

Solus redefines outdoor living with a stunning range of contemporary fire pits, water features, and interior fireplace surrounds that combine innovation, craftsmanship, and timeless design. Whether you’re looking to enhance your garden, patio, or interior space, Solus offers pieces that transform any environment into a haven for relaxation and entertainment.

The Solus collection of fire pits, bowls, and tables are designed for year-round enjoyment. They provide a perfect focal point for family gatherings and social evenings outdoors. Imagine cosying up to a gorgeous, smoke-free fire, creating incredible warmth and ambiance, long into the night.

The water features by Solus—The Water Box, Dome, and Scupper—bring the serene sound of flowing water into your outdoor space. This collection works seamlessly with lush planting or as striking features beside ponds and pools. The tranquillity of falling water adds a soothing touch to your garden, providing a peaceful retreat from the hustle and bustle of everyday life.

Solus has also recently launched an impressive range of fireplace surrounds in the UK. Perfect to compliment any interior, these surrounds come in our twelve signature colours, allowing you to either blend in with your décor or make a bold statement.

Handcrafted at our head office in Canada by Solus’ skilled artisan team, each piece is a work of art, offering both beauty and functionality for your home.

For over 26 years, Solus has been creating world-class designs that have earned our brand a loyal global following. Our commitment to quality and attention to detail is evident in every product we create, ensuring that each piece is built to last and become a centre piece in your space.

Don’t miss the opportunity to see these stunning pieces in action. Visit the Solus stand at the 2025 RHS Chelsea Flower Show on Pavilion Way PW191 and quote “London Life” for a special gift.

To add elegance to your home or garden, contact the UK Solus team today for more information and to arrange a demonstration at our Surrey display location. 020 8819 1495. info@solusdecor.co.uk. solusdecor.co.uk

“For over 26 years, Solus has been creating world-class designs that have earned our brand a loyal global following”

TTA Business Card v2 CMYK 21/8/08 9:25 am Page 2

Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24

TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24 am Page 2

TTA Business Card v2 CMYK 21/8/08 9:25 am Page 2

TTA Business Card v2 5th colour (Pantone 577) 21/8/08 9:24 am Page 2

(iTree consultancy) (eTree planting) (iPlant landscape) (eTree surgery)

The Tree Agency darryl parkin

The Treehouse

25 King Edwards Grove

The Treehouse

25 King Edwards Grove

Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY

The Treehouse

25 King Edwards Grove Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY Telephone 020 8274 0107

Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY

Telephone 020 8274 0107

25 King Edwards Grove, Teddington, Middlesex TW11 9LY

Mobile 07960 123580 info@thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

25 King Edwards Grove Teddington, Middlesex TW119LY

Telephone 020 8274 0107

Mobile 07960123580

Telephone 020 8274 0107

Mobile 07960123580

Fax 020 8274 0119

Mobile 07960123580

info@ thetreeagency.co.uk

Fax 020 8274 0119

info@ thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

www.thetreeagency.co.uk

www.solusdecor.co.uk

Fax 020 8274 0119 @ thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

Mobile 07960123580 Fax 020 8274 0119 @ thetreeagency.co.uk www.thetreeagency.co.uk

The Tree Agency

darryl parkin

Expert Pool Care from London’s Award-Winning Specialists

For over 40 years, London Swimming Pool Company has been designing, building, refurbishing, and maintaining luxury pools and spas. With our expertise, we know exactly how to keep your pool in top condition.

Every pool is unique - varying in size, shape, materials, location, equipment, water treatment, and usage. Each requires a tailored servicing plan to stay pristine all year-round.

Dedicated Engineers for Precision Pool Care

The first step in expert pool care is a comprehensive site visit. Our qualified engineers will assess your pool and equipment, identifying specific requirements. You will receive a customised servicing proposal, along with easy steps to monitor water quality between visitsensuring your pool stays safe and inviting.

Specialist Servicing to Prevent Costly Issues

Pool maintenance is more than routine tasks - it’s about preventing problems before they arise. Our skilled engineers detect and address potential issues with your pool’s water, structure, and equipment. Regular servicing keeps your pool ready for use while reducing the risk of costly repairs. Even if everything looks fine, hidden inefficiencies could be lurking. With professional servicing, you will have peace of mind knowing everything is running optimally and safely.

First-Class Service, Tailored to You

When you choose London Swimming Pool Company, you receive a bespoke Service Level Agreement, outlining:

• The scope of work for each visit

• Visit frequency and duration

• Cost

• Security and privacy policies

This ensures complete transparency and a service that aligns perfectly with your needs. We advise on the best dates to open and close outdoor pools, ensuring they are season ready. As a regular client, you will receive priority booking for opening and closing your pool ahead of noncontracted customers.

Essential Pool Safety & Hygiene

A well-maintained pool is not just about aesthetics - it’s about safety. Pool owners/managers should know about water chemistry, temperature control and routine cleaning. Small mistakes can impact swimmers’ health. Our engineers provide guidance on best practices, so you can confidently manage your pool between visits.

Revitalising Older Pools

Older pools need just as much care as new ones, and sometimes, an upgrade can breathe new life into them. If your pool is showing signs of age, our Refurbishment Team can transform it with modern finishes, innovative accessories, and energy-efficient equipment.

Trust the experts at London Swimming Pool Company to keep your pool at its best - today and for years to come.

Premier Pools | Superior Service

London Swimming Pool Company

londonswimmingpools.com 020 8605 1255

BESPOKE AND BEAUTIFUL

For homeowners and businesses looking to enhance their outdoor spaces, The Traditional Verandah Company provides bespoke verandahs, porches, and gazebos designed for year-round use. Whether you’re seeking a retreat to enjoy summer days or protection from rain showers, these elegant, custom-made structures allow you to embrace outdoor living in comfort no matter the season.

A verandah creates a seamless connection between home and garden, extending your living space and providing a versatile, sheltered area to dine alfresco, entertain guests, or simply unwind outdoors without worrying about the great British weather. More than just practical, a welldesigned verandah enhances a property’s charm, adding value and creating an inviting space to enjoy all year.

To make designing your perfect verandah effortless, The Traditional Verandah Company offers an innovative 3D Builder. This interactive tool allows you to customise every detail, from roof style to columns, arches, and colours. It provides a realistic visualisation, and submitting your design generates an estimate, making the process smooth and efficient.

Every project is tailored to complement the property’s architecture. Whether it’s intricate decorative arches for a period home or a sleek, minimalist structure for a contemporary space, each design is built with durability, elegance, and

weather resistance. Powder-coated aluminium ensures long-lasting performance, offering a lowmaintenance, stylish solution.

Beyond residential properties, The Traditional Verandah Company has completed commercial projects, including wedding venues, hospitality spaces, and listed buildings. Their expert craftsmanship was showcased at the 2023 Chelsea Flower Show, where a beautifully designed verandah became the centrepiece of an awardwinning garden.

Clients consistently praise the company’s exceptional service, with glowing testimonials highlighting their professionalism, efficiency, and meticulous attention to detail. From the initial consultation through to final installation, the team ensures a stress-free and enjoyable experience, offering expert guidance every step of the way. With lead times of 3-4 months, now is the ideal time to plan your verandah, porch, or gazebo to ensure it’s ready for summer.

For a free no obligation estimate, or to request a brochure, please get in touch.

Visit: ttvc.co.uk

Telephone: 01580 854891

Email: sales@ttvc.co.uk

Outdoor Elegance Personified

Chic Teak is a family run business that has been established for over 20 years and is based in Hampshire and delivers Nationwide. Chic Teak specialises in premium teak garden & conservatory furniture with a high level of personal service from advising on choice of furniture through to delivery onto your terrace.

By using the best quality heartwood teak ensures longevity & attractiveness of the products. The Teak is grown in Java and is sourced from the Government owned plantations. This ensures that it is sustainably grown & then correctly kiln dried to withstand the British climate. All the furniture is made using traditional joints and finished by hand. The whole process is covered by the Internationally agreed FLEGT scheme which is overseen by the Indonesian and British Governments.

Frequent visits by the partners to Java has nurtured close working relationships with suppliers & good opportunities to develop new lines whilst maintaining popular designs.

Because Chic Teak are specialists, they offer a wide choice both in terms of design and use. Although they can offer furniture as sets, they pride themselves in giving clients the opportunity of a “mix and match” to suit their circumstances and taste.

The heartwood teak contains high levels of oil naturally which is good protection from rain,

sunlight, mould & mildew. The wood is also tightly grained & very dense which makes it very durable. Naturally Teak will weather to a silvery patina. We recommend cleaning teak wood furniture at least once a year. This can be done either by scrubbing with a dilute mixture of bleach and water, or spraying with a product called “Wet and Forget” once a year. Both methods clear the detritus and maintain the silvery patina.

Such is the confidence in the product that a 10-year guarantee is offered to support what we believe to be some of the best quality Teak Furniture available in the UK.

chic-teak.co.uk Tel: 01256 398008 sales@chicteak.co.uk

Leigh Witherell

Leigh Witherell is an artist based in the United States. She paints compositions that convey vulnerability and intimacy while simultaneously embodying strength and protectionism by exploring the delicate interplay of emotions through my work. She uses personal elements— such as bold expressive brush strokes and intimate subjects—that invite the viewer into a shared experience of humanity. She also incorporates bold colors, fierce lines, and powerful themes that signify resilience and fortitude, creating a contrast that highlights their protective instincts. For instance, a painting depicting a nurturing figure surrounded by chaos might evoke feelings of warmth and safety, symbolizing how one can be both open-hearted and fiercely defensive. Through this duality, Leigh highlights vulnerabilities but also emphasizes the strength found in emotional honesty and the courage to embrace one’s true self amid challenges.

Leigh explores human emotions and connections through deeply intimate compositions because she is drawn to the complexities of the human experience. By focusing on intimate themes, such as love, loss, joy, and sorrow, she creates a space where viewers can resonate with the raw, unfiltered aspects of life. These compositions invite audiences to reflect on their own experiences and evoke empathy, fostering a sense of shared understanding and connection. Moreover, such explorations serve as a form of catharsis for her, allowing her to confront and express her own emotions in a tangible way. This vulnerability not only enhances the authenticity of her work but also encourages a dialogue around universal themes that transcend individual differences, ultimately reinforcing the idea that art is a powerful medium for connecting people and illuminating the depth of our shared humanity.

Leigh Witherell, Palm Bay Florida | www.leighs.art www.instagram.com/leighsartfl | leighs.art@witherell.net

Villains aren’t born Darling they’re made

Sara

Eric

ART GUIDE

– Stunning art from local, national and international artists –

IMAGE: PHOTO LONDON 2025

A showcase for the world’s best potters returns for its 21st Year

Ceramic Art London 2025

Friday 9 – Sunday May 11, 2025, Olympia London

Europe’s premier ceramics fair, Ceramic Art London, will showcase 120 makers from around the world, with prices ranging from £50 to £10,000. Even those now based in the UK often take inspiration from distant cultures or their original homeland from such varied destinations as Tokyo to Norway.

New exhibitor, Loraine Rutt, who is based in London, has been applying to the fair for 13 years and is delighted to be accepted to show her distinctive palm-sized porcelain globes. Her ceramics explore how maps influence our sense of place and belonging, with clay as the tangible connection to the earth’s surface. Relief maps, domestic scale plates and vessels are decorated with cartographically accurate drawings, following the tradition of narrative ceramics.

Her work is in private and public collections worldwide including the Museum of London, the Maritime Museum and The Royal Geographical Society. She will be showing a lustre piece titled Thames water porcelain, which measures 25 x 44 x 2cm and was produced in 2023. It is made from

‘our carbon’, lustre, which is a carbon negative by-product diverted from landfill and the piece charts the catchment area of the Thames with the exterior edges finished with platinum lustre.

Rich Miller is known to many as a judge on the popular Channel 4 ‘Great Pottery Throwdown’. He has worked in ceramics for over 20 years. His current work makes reference to historical design patterns and draws on themes of British colonialism and the way in which the UK has been enriched by an eclectic mix of cultural styles.

The much-celebrated talks programme is free with entry, and this year will feature themed days, curated by leading ceramic experts.

“This is a fabulous fair, where I can find new clay artists: the mix of new and established artists means I never leave empty handed. As ever, buying ceramics directly from a maker is also a very special experience.” Preston Fitzgerald, ceramics collector and curator.

THE DETAILS

Tickets cost £20. For more details and to purchase tickets, visit ceramicartlondon.com facebook.com/ceramicartlondon twitter.com/CeramicArtLDN instagram.com/ceramicartlondon

Kensington Olympia West, 12 Blythe Road, W14 8UX

Above: Loraine Rutt, Thames Estuary Plate Below: Hanna Ashraf

Sally MacDonell

Jacqueline Williams Exhibition

1-26 May 2025

During my customary morning stroll across the park to my Cheltenham studio I was musing that most of my inspiration has stemmed from relatively few subjects fairly close to home; my garden, studio, Cheltenham and trips abroad. The uniting theme has always been the light, culminating in this current collection. The subject is incidental, what excites me is the play of light, be it strong sunlight, dappled or a soft warm lamplight. From my early days at the RA schools (1985-88) painting from life and using natural daylight, I found my footing and was encouraged by my tutors. I was fortunate to have amongst them Ken Howard, Fred Cuming and Anthony Eyton. Even then my inspiration for painting was about light and I was very much encouraged by Ken and Fred. They are sadly no longer with us but they continue through their legacy of fine paintings they leave behind. Ken introduced me to David Wolfers and Sarah Russell Walling , the team behind the New Grafton gallery in Barnes where I went on to have several shows. After David passed away I went on to show with Sarah and Charles Russell Walling who set up their beautiful gallery in Putney and have been showing with them ever since, this being my 7h solo exhibition with them. The paintings are all in oil, an immensely versatile medium of which I never seem to tire. I make very few preparatory drawings preferring to work directly on to the canvas/board and working out

“The paintings are all in oil, an immensely versatile medium of which I never seem to tire”

ideas as I go. The image may go through many alterations, but its all part of the process. This collection stems from a couple of years work and again is based around still lives, garden subjects studio interiors and a trip to Mexico. russellgallery.com

Top: Nasturtiums Below: Apple season Right: Dusk

Apple blossom 24” x 26” oil on board

Garden Table 24” x 21” oil on board

Saatchi Gallery

‘FLOWERS – FLORA IN CONTEMPORARY ART & CULTURE’

Until 5 May 2025

The exhibition will feature large-scale installations, original art, photography, fashion, archival objects and graphic design - exploring the ongoing influence of flowers on creativity and human expression. Flowers have, throughout history, inspired artists, writers and creatives. This exhibition seeks to reveal the myriad ways that flowers continue to be depicted by artists, and their omnipresence within our contemporary culture.

Divided into nine sections, each explores different creative themes and media:

Roots - establishes the rich history of artists depicting flowers from the Renaissance through Dutch flower painting to the blossoming of the Arts & Crafts Movement and onto modernist explorations of flowers in the 20th century. In Bloom – focusing on works by established contemporary artists, revealing how flowers continue to fascinate and provide inspirational material in our contemporary age.

Flowers and Fashion - from the high street to high couture, flowers are a source of infinite inspiration, aspirational allure and perpetual appeal.

Contemporary - includes works by contemporary photographers and sculptors. Moments of beauty and life are captured in two and three dimensions.

La Fleur Morte - 2,000 sq ft devoted to a bespoke installation piece by internationally renowned artist Rebecca Louise Law, featuring over 100,000 dried flowers for visitors to explore.

Film & Literature - a room reflecting on the prevalence of flowers as emblems and content in music, film and literature. A wall of vinyl will reveal the recurrent themes that feature on vinyl record covers over the past 50 years.

Digital Projection - work of the pioneering French artist Miguel Chevalier, features virtual flowers and plants projected over 70 square metres which interact with the movement of visitors.

Science: Life & Death - in collaboration with the Chelsea Physic Garden there will be sections of botanical art reflecting on the properties of flowers as medicinal plants and another looking at flowers as poisonous. The mathematical principles behind some natural floral phenomena will be explored as will the influence of the RHS Chelsea Flower Show.

New Shoots – featuring artworks by emerging or early-stage artists - a rich garden of blooms, revealing a diverse range of styles, approaches and media used by contemporary artists right now. Over 500 unique artworks and objects will be on display throughout the exhibition. The project partner for a presentation of photographic works from Flora Imaginaria, curated by Danaé Panchaud and William Ewing, is the Foundation for the Exhibition of Photography (FEP).

THE DETAILS

This is a ticketed exhibition. Walk-ins are welcome but prebooking is advised. Tickets start at £12, and can be booked online from at saatchigallery.com.

Brendan Barry, Common Poppy. Courtesy of the artist

Martin Schoeller, Jeff Koons with Floral Headpiece, New York 2013. © Martin Schoeller. Courtesy Camera Work

Miguel Chevalier, Extra-Natural 2024. Software by Cyrille Henry & Antoine Villeret. Courtesy The Mayor Gallery, London.

Sandra Kantanen, Still Life (Flowers I). Courtesy of the artist and Purdy Hicks Gallery

Emerging artist Kathy Nettles’ work navigates the dynamic intersection of abstraction and form, resulting in vibrant, largescale oil paintings that exude energy and movement. Drawing inspiration from the native flowers, moorlands and rugged coastlines of North Devon and Cornwall, her art captures the essence of these topics with bold colour and expressive composition.

Visit www.kathynettlesart.com and follow @kathynettlesart on Instagram.

PHOTO LONDON 2025

Somerset House, 15-18 May 2025

London marks its 10th anniversary in May with a special edition celebrating London and its rich traditions of photography. The Fair returns to Somerset House, once again gathering the world’s leading galleries and artists to present the best of photography and explore the medium’s future possibilities.

‘LONDON LIVES’

Curated by critic and author Francis Hodgson, ‘London Lives’ will feature a dazzling array of creative responses to the City by around 30 of its leading image makers including David Bailey, James Barnor, Antony Cairns, Jamie Hawkesworth, Hannah Starkey, Joy Gregory, Nadav Kander, Idris Khan, Christian Marclay, Mary McCartney, Simon Roberts and Nick Turpin. The exhibition will also include new commissions from Heather Agyepong, Jermaine Francis and Hannah Hughes.

BOOK MARKET

Ben Goulder curates the Fair’s Book Market championing the vibrant and diverse communities of independent publishers and showcasing their artistry and vision on a global stage. London is a hub for independent arts publishing, and this new space features a broad selection of photography and arts publishing – from larger publications to zines, pamphlets, and other ephemera with the aim of bringing diversity and innovation to the Photo London audience.

DISCOVERY

Curated by the critic and author Charlotte Jansen, Discovery once again promises to be a highlight of the event, featuring around 20 galleries including exciting newcomers such as Mortal Machine Gallery (New Orleans); Victoria Law (London); Contour Gallery (Amsterdam) and Roman Road (London).

ACADEMY & TALKS PROGRAMME

Photo London has always placed significant emphasis on its role as a champion for all forms of photography and as a guide to the intricacies of collecting photography. This work continues under

the umbrella of the Photo London Academy which offers a year-round and free of charge programme featuring Online Talks, a monthly Book Club and a digital Magazine created in the spirit of an artist’s photo book, all available at photolondon.org/academy.

PHOTO LONDON AWARDS

Since its inception Photo London has run an annual award for an outstanding artist. In many cases the winner of the award has gone on to achieve significant international recognition. In 2025 the Photo London x Nikon Emerging Photographer of the Year Award again highlights outstanding emerging photographers with shortlisted work presented in a special display at the Nikon Gallery at the Fair.

For more information visit photolondon.org

Somerset House, Strand, WC2R 1LA

Photo

Clockwise from top left: Paul Nicklen, Ephemeral Palace, 2012. Courtesy the artist and Hilton Contemporary; Paul Nicklen, Ice Waterfall, 2014. Courtesy the artist and Hilton Contemporary; Plant Portraits or Weeds & Aliens Studies; Chou Ching-hui, Animal Farm No.11, Inkjet print, 99.27x129cm, 2014, Chini-Gallery

ZACHARY DEAN JONES

Zachary Dean Jones creates art that is a true reflection of his connection to nature and his instinctive process. By using natural materials sourced from his property in South East Ohio, his abstract paintings capture a sense of place and personal connection. Jones’s work, rich with texture and depth, incorporates bonds and adhesives to create dynamic compositions that echo the raw power of nature. Drawing inspiration from the environment and the techniques of artists like Anselm Kiefer, his pieces challenge traditional boundaries and invite viewers into a thought-provoking conversation about art, memory, and history.

Explore more at www.zacharydeanjones.com. Follow on social media: @zacharydeanjones.

Art fortnight at art’otel London Hoxton

Acelebration of Hoxton and Shoreditch’s cultural transformation from the Nineties to the Teens, showcasing art, literature, and the creative spirit that defined the area.

Chris Burns: Consumed April 17th – 29th

Opening Night: April 17th

Chris Burns’ exhibition at art’otel London Hoxton Gallery reflects the rebellious spirit of East End subcultures, exploring both the artistic vibrancy and the human cost of the area’s hedonistic excess. Burns’ previous work, Progress, deconstructed William Hogarth, and Consumed updates this legacy, capturing the dark, defiant essence of Hoxton and Shoreditch.

Ernesto Leal and Paul Sakoilsky: Red Gallery Archive Show & Panel

April 25th, 7pm-9pm

Ernesto Leal and Paul Sakoilsky revisit the RED Gallery’s history, focusing on its transformative cultural impact. The evening features a screening of new video work and a discussion on East End Promise: A Story of Cultural Migrants 1988-2000, a major exhibition documenting the vibrant artistic community in the area.

Peter Carty: Art & Novel Writing Workshop

April 26th, 2pm-4:30pm

Peter Carty leads a practical workshop on novel writing, using his acclaimed novel Art as a case study. The novel, a dark satire of the Young British Artists movement in Hoxton during the early 1990s, explores the excess and creativity of the time. The workshop includes interactive exercises and post-session feedback.

For more information, contact artful.hoxton@artotel.com

Hoxton Art Retro Fortnight: April 17th – 30th

ANNUKKA COSTELLO ART

Annukka Costello’s Nordic homeware includes birchwood trays, cushions and linen tea towels, napkins and placemats. Her clean and contemporary designs are always in demand to lend colour and individuality to any living space.

See her extensive range at www.annukkacostelloart.com

Instagram: Annukka Costello Art

Email: annukkacostelloart@gmail.com

Discover the Magic of Creativity at

Wimbledon Art Fair 2025

From 8 – 11 May 2025

London’s Most Unique Art Event Returns This May!

This free-entry, award-winning event invites you to step inside the working art studios of over 180 of London’s most exciting artists, designers, and makers, offering an exclusive behind-the-scenes look into their creative worlds. Meet the creators behind the masterpieces and browse thousands of original and affordable artworks, available for purchase directly from the artists themselves.

A ONE-OF-A-KIND ART EXPERIENCE

Forget traditional gallery settings – Wimbledon Art Fair is where creativity comes to life. This is not just an exhibition; it’s an immersive experience that connects visitors directly with artists in their own art studios:

Meet 180 Artists – Engage in meaningful conversations and discover the inspirations behind their work.

Step Into the Studios – Wander through an authentic creative hub and witness art in progress.

Collect Original & Affordable Art – Find unique pieces at accessible prices, straight from the makers. Be Part of a Thriving Art Community – Feel the energy of Wimbledon Art Studios, where artistic expression thrives.

Win £200 to Spend at the Show – Pre-book your free ticket for a chance to win £200 to spend at the fair and enjoy additional perks!

Whether you’re searching for your next art piece, looking to connect with the creative community, or simply wanting to be inspired, Wimbledon Art Fair is the place to be. Wimbledon Art Fair, Wimbledon Art Studios, 10 Riverside Yard, London, SW17 OBB

For more information and to book your free tickets, visit wimbledonartfair.com/pre-book Jill

Recognised as the ‘Most Accessible Art Exhibition’ by Best of British Getaways Awards (SME News), the event is designed to make art inclusive and engaging for all – whether you’re a seasoned collector or a first-time buyer.

EXCLUSIVE LAUNCH NIGHT!

Thursday, 8th May: 6pm-9pm - Free Entry

Kick off the Wimbledon Art Fair in style with an evening of live music, complimentary drinks, and artistic inspiration:

Live Music – Immerse yourself in captivating tunes, creating the perfect backdrop for artistic exploration.

Complimentary Bar – Enjoy a selection of refreshing drinks throughout the evening.

180 Open Art Studios – Dive into a world of creativity and meet the makers behind the masterpieces.

Sutcliffe

Richard Knight Art Annam Butt

THE NAUTICAL TREND MAKING WAVES IN INTERIORS

Pinterest heralded it as one of the big trends of 2025, and now coastalinspired art studio Beach House Art is helping people bring the ‘Fisherman Aesthetic’ into their homes this summer.

Inspired by traditional maritime lifestyle, Fisherman Aesthetic reflects the simple yet functional beauty of coastal living. It pays homage to fishing villages, boats, and the sea itself, with nods towards nautical stripes, distressed rope and classic coastal motifs.

Sarah Weare, Co-Founder of Beach House Art, said: “The Fisherman Aesthetic is making waves

in interior design, bringing a rugged yet charming maritime feel into homes.

“This trend celebrates the timeless allure of the sea, blending nautical elements with cosy, lived-in textures to create a space that feels both adventurous and inviting.”

And a fantastic way to capture the Fisherman Aesthetic in the home is through art.

Beach House Art’s extensive range of wall art is all inspired by coastal living and the adventures it brings.

From whimsical fish and sea icons to abstract paintings of the sea, homeowners can curate their own selection of artwork that celebrates their favourite elements of the trend.

Sarah said: “The beauty of the Fisherman Aesthetic is it fits into most homes. We have statement typography pieces that are perfect for contemporary spaces while our range of ethereal paintings will suit more classically styled homes.

“We might all dream of living by the sea but no matter how far you are from the ocean, our range of artwork will bring the coastal feel in spades.”

Beach House Art’s coastal prints are available now, with prices starting at £18. beachhouseart.co.uk

Capturing moments. Finding Dreamers. Illustration: Life as you perceive & interpret it. My life is about images.

When I ventured out on this Illustrator gig, I wanted to illustrate Adventure Stories. I studied the great illustrators of the 19th and 20th Centuries, and the Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood. I wanted to use realism to illustrate adventure stories. The sort of books one could find in libraries, Back When Dinosaurs Ruled the Earth. I spent about 10 years honing my skills and learning to illustrate digitally. Sadly, the Children’s Illustration market left me behind. There are few illustration opportunities today for Adventure illustrations for children, using adult characters. There was a time when Children’s Books were just about the same as books for adults, but with illustrations and less gore.

I have an improbable goal of bringing them back.

From the Garden to the Easel

The Art of Nel Whatmore

Nel Whatmore is an award-winning artist who exhibited at Chelsea Flower show for over 15 years, where her stand has won multiple five star awards. She has been Artist in Residence at RHS Harlow Carr, which then culminated in an exhibition of paintings, as well as a poetry trail around the garden, during their annual summer show. She was commissioned to paint the National Collection of Michaelmas Daisies at the Picton Garden in Malvern, and her beautiful poetic florals have attracted admirers from around the globe.

Nel became a professional artist with the help of the Prince’s Trust (recently renamed the King’s Trust) and moved into her current studio in 2019, in Sunny Bank Mills in Farsley, near Leeds. This renovated woollen mill, where The Great British Sewing Bee is filmed, now houses a thriving creative community and is the vision of William and John Gaunt, who are the fourth generation of owners. It is part of an increasingly significant Northern Arts scene, which includes The Hepworth, Salts Mill and the Yorkshire

“The series of paintings shown here are all studies of the plants in Nel’s garden and form part of an ongoing project that started during the pandemic”

Sculpture Park.

She works predominantly in pastels but also in oils. The series of paintings shown here are all studies of the plants in Nel’s garden and form part of an ongoing project that started during the pandemic. They are available as originals, or as beautiful bespoke prints.

There are two main strands to Nel’s work – her botanical work and her seascapes. The latter is born out of her father’s love for the ocean and her travels around the coast of Britain. Again, her evocative use of colour and the emotive power of nature form the main focus of her inspiration.

Nel has also recently collaborated with her daughter, the artist Polly Rose Morris, on a series of works called ‘The Garden Project’. This brings together Nel’s contemporary leaf and Iris paintings, and Polly Rose’s gorgeous designs, which when combined have evolved into a contemporary twist on rich botanicals and flowing patterns.

THE DETAILS

To see more go to nelwhatmore.com

Studio - Twisting Studios, Sunnybank Mills, 83-85 Town St, Farsley, Pudsey LS28 5UJ

Call 07801051468

nelartforlivig@yahoo.com IG @nelwhatmore.com

Left: Twisting to the Light 94cm x 94cm

Above: ‘Tulip Chorus’ Oil Painting 90cm x 90cm

Below: Nel Whatmore and easel

Arts and crafts charity boosted by sale of Rembrandt etching for £225,200

By Lucinda Cameron

ARembrandt etching which went under the hammer as part of an auction of internet entrepreneur and philanthropist Hugo Burge’s collection has sold for £225,200.

Mr Burge, who died in 2023 aged 51, built up a collection of fine art, ceramics and handcrafted furniture which was on display in his homes at Marchmont House in the Scottish Borders and in London. Selected works from the collection were sold at a Lyon & Turnbull auction live in Edinburgh and online on Wednesday, raising funds for the Hugo Burge Foundation.

The most valuable item in the sale, an etching from 1643 by the Dutch Old Master Rembrandt van Rijn titled The Three Trees, sold for £225,200, including buyer’s premium.

The etching, widely considered to be one of the artist’s greatest landscapes, had been estimated at between £200,000 and £300,000.

An embroidered panel by renowned Arts and Crafts designer and activist William Morris titled Vine And Acanthus, from 1890, sold for £25,200.

Author and broadcaster Dr James Fox, creative director of the Hugo Burge Foundation, said: “Hugo was an astute businessman, an enlightened collector and a tireless evangelist for the arts – a man whose enthusiasm and generosity touched the lives of innumerable people and transformed the cultural landscape of the Scottish Borders.

“His philanthropic endeavours are now continued by the Hugo Burge Foundation, a charity which supports the arts, crafts and creative industries all over the United Kingdom. The proceeds from this

sale will be used to advance its charitable work.

“From a childhood admiration for Ernest Gimson’s furniture to a recent delight in Japanese Imari vases, Hugo’s collecting was rooted in an eye for excellence and a deeply felt belief in creativity.”

Established by Mr Burge in 2019 and later renamed in his honour, the Hugo Burge Foundation offers awards, hosts events, runs courses and funds apprenticeships, providing free studios and workspaces for artists and craftspeople in the Scottish Borders.

Gavin Strang, managing director of Lyon & Turnbull, said: “Having known Hugo for many years and worked with him on several projects, Lyon & Turnbull is honoured to play a part in celebrating and developing his legacy.

“We hope the auction will encourage others to enjoy collecting and to support creative people, just as Hugo did.”

LUXURY TRAVEL

– Heading out of London to explore the rest of the world –

IMAGE: THE GAMBIA

SIR RICHARD BRANSON’S LUXURIOUS CHALET TO HOST ITS INAUGURAL WELLNESS RETREAT THIS JULY

Set amidst stunning peaks and serene alpine lakes, The Lodge offers a transformative retreat of relaxation, vitality, and self-discovery.

Sir Richard Branson’s luxurious mountain chalet perched high in the Swiss Alps of Verbier, is hosting the ultimate Mountain Wellness Retreat from 10th–14th July 2025. Guests are invited to immerse themselves in revitalising yoga, Pilates, and fitness sessions, complemented by mindfulness workshops and indulgent spa treatments. Connect with nature through guided hikes, e-biking trails, refreshing glacial lake swims, and exhilarating

activities such as paragliding and zip-lining.

The experiential itinerary includes four days of wellness activities, with guests free to participate or relax at their own pace. During the summer, the Alps transform into a paradise for outdoor enthusiasts, with breathtaking panoramic views setting the scene for hiking, cycling, and fitness pursuits. Verbier, famed for its prestigious cycling events and extensive network of biking trails, is a dream destination for mountain bikers.

Hikers can explore everything from gentle scenic walks to longer alpine treks, winding through lush green landscapes that were once

snow-covered in winter. Beyond The Lodge, the region offers exhilarating experiences, from paragliding over pristine valleys to swimming in crystal-clear glacial lakes.

For those who prefer a slower pace, there are charming nearby villages to explore, or guests can simply relax and soak in the tranquil surroundings of The Lodge. Inside the luxury chalet, they can take part in mindfulness workshops, designed to enhance relaxation and mental clarity through guided meditation and breathing techniques, as well as energising fitness sessions. Guests can also rejuvenate with yoga and Pilates led by professional instructors, unwind in the indoor and outdoor hot tubs, or soothe tired muscles with a leisurely swim in the heated indoor pool.

The spa offers treatments ranging from reflexology sessions, a specialised foot therapy that balances energy, detoxifies and boosts circulation to traditional tranquillity and deep tissue massages. The Lodge’s expert masseuse is on hand to take relaxation to the highest level.

Evenings are filled with delicious canapés and dinners al fresco on the terrace. The Lodge showcases Swiss and international cuisine, making dining an integral part of guests’ stay. Meals during the Mountain Wellness Retreat will feature health-focused, mouth-watering menus crafted by Michelin-trained chefs. Guests can expect fine wines served at dinner and refreshing nonalcoholic beverages available throughout the week.

At The Lodge, world-class chefs are particularly passionate about sustainable, local and seasonal sourcing of the food and drinks that are served

every day to guests.

The stunning chalet is spread over five floors with nine en-suite bedrooms, including seven suites and two top floor Master Suites. Additionally, the kid’s bunkroom has plenty of space for up to six children or young adults, as well as a plasma screen TV and a PlayStation. All children under 12 are welcomed at the Lodge and are given welcome gifts on arrival. There is also the party room on the floor below the dining room which provides a great place for kids to play or watch a movie while the adults wine and dine upstairs!

It is an ideal setting for visits in both summer and winter; skiers will appreciate the personal service and pristine snow conditions in the winter months, whilst the beauty of the mountains and warm temperatures are perfect for hiking and cycling in the summer.

The Lodge has been working hard to make sure that guests can enjoy luxury without compromising on sustainability.

The rates for The Lodge Wellness Retreat start at £2,922 per person, based on two people sharing a room for the four-day retreat.

To book visit virginlimitededition.com/ en/the-lodge Telephone: 0800 716 919 Or e-mail enquiries @virginlimitededition.com

The Lodge is generally booked exclusively for seven nights for groups of 18 in the winter, but in the summer months and during selected winter weeks guests can book an individual room for a shorter stay.

Escape to the wide-open spaces of the capital region USA:

WASHINGTON, DC, MARYLAND AND VIRGINIA

Anchored by America’s capital city, the region is an ideal holiday for those seeking to explore vast national parks, tranquil coastal waterways, sprawling coastlines, historic battlegrounds and charming small towns.

The National Mall in Washington, DC is the ideal place to start, nicknamed, “America’s front yard”, this two-mile long national park is home to iconic monuments and inspiring memorials, from the stately Washington Monument to Lincoln Memorial. A visit to one or more of the city’s 16 Smithsonian Institution museums is a must, and with free entry, it’s no wonder the world’s largest museum complex is one of DC’s top attractions.

Complementing these iconic sites, the city is full of only-in-Washington, DC experiences waiting to be discovered. Devour DC’s signature dish, the half-smoke, at Ben’s Chili Bowl on U Street NW, stroll through the oldest urban national park in the U.S. at Rock Creek Park, and visit the largest library in the world at the Library of Congress.

Just one-hour north of DC in Maryland,

“The city is full of only-inWashington, DC experiences waiting to be discovered”

is Baltimore, known as Charm City, a vibrant community with a buzzing Inner Harbor that is the city’s focal point and location for top attractions such as the National Aquarium.

Virginia Beach boasts the world’s longest pleasure beach, divided into three distinct areas, each offering a different coastal experience, from the lively resort beaches to the serenity of Sandbridge Beach. For history enthusiasts, Williamsburg is just an hour west of Virginia Beach and is home to America’s Historic Triangle: Colonial Williamsburg, Jamestown Settlement, and Yorktown. Richmond, Virginia’s capital, played a vital role in the American Revolution. Visitors can walk the historic streets where Patrick Henry proclaimed, “Give me liberty, or give me death!”

If the mountains are calling, then Charlottesville, Virginia is the place to be. This historic city and the surrounding region in the Blue Ridge Mountains is home to the estates of three former U.S. presidents and more than 35 vineyards. In Maryland, Frederick is surrounded by the rolling hills of the Catoctin Mountains, steeped in American Civil War history, and home to a 50-block downtown with over 200 specialty shops and dozens of restaurants.

THE DETAILS

Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to Capital Region USA, Call us today to speak with someone who has been there, let us inspire you and help plan your dream holiday to this exciting, historical & stunning region.

purelycapitalregionusa.co.uk Call us on 0844 80 444 80. Follow us on Instagram for travel inspiration, offers and competitions @purelytravel

For more information on Capital Region USA, please scan the QR code below

Baltimore Inner Harbour, Maryland

Virginia

Constitution Gardens, Washington, D.C

Why Choose a Rail Holiday? Exploring Canada and America in Comfort and Style with Rocky

Mountaineer

Rail holidays offer a unique and luxurious way to explore breathtaking landscapes, historic sites and remote destinationsall while enjoying the comfort of a train.

Rail journeys allow travellers to sit back, relax and fully immerse themselves in the scenery.

Here are just some of the reasons why a rail holiday could be for you.

Scenic Beauty: Train routes are designed to pass through some of the most spectacular landscapes in the world, often reaching places inaccessible by car or plane.

Comfort and Convenience: Spacious seating and onboard dining make train travel far more comfortable than other modes of transport.

Relaxed Pace: Rail holidays encourage a slower, more immersive style of travel, allowing passengers to appreciate each destination fully.

Eco-Friendly: Trains have a lower carbon footprint compared to planes and cars, making them an environmentally responsible choice.

Cultural and Social Experience: Interacting with fellow travellers and learning about different regions from local guides enhance the overall experience.

The Rocky Mountaineer Experience

For those looking for an unparalleled rail holiday experience, Rocky Mountaineer is a premier choice. Founded in 1990, Rocky Mountaineer is a luxury train company that operates in Western Canada and the U.S., offering breathtaking journeys through the Rocky Mountains and beyond. Renowned for its exceptional service, glass-dome coaches and gourmet cuisine, Rocky Mountaineer provides an unforgettable way to experience North America’s most stunning landscapes.

Rocky Mountaineer Routes

Rocky Mountaineer offers four spectacular routes, each showcasing different aspects of North America’s natural beauty:

• First Passage to the West (Vancouver to Banff/Lake Louise)

This historic route follows the path of the first transcontinental railway through the Canadian Rockies.

Highlights include the Fraser Canyon, Spiral Tunnels and the breathtaking views of Banff National Park.

• Journey Through the Clouds (Vancouver to Jasper)

This route takes travellers through the remote and rugged landscapes of British Columbia and Alberta.

Notable sights include Mount Robson (the highest peak in the Canadian Rockies) and Pyramid Falls.

• Rainforest to Gold Rush (Vancouver to Jasper)

This lesser-travelled route showcases diverse landscapes, from lush rainforests to historic gold rush towns.

Highlights include Whistler’s stunning scenery, the Cariboo Gold Rush region and Jasper National Park.

• Rockies to the Red Rocks (Denver to Moab) This U.S. route takes passengers through the breathtaking red rock landscapes of Colorado and Utah.

Key sights include the Colorado River, Ruby Canyon and Arches National Park.

Why Choose Rocky Mountaineer?

Unparalleled Luxury: Rocky Mountaineer is renowned for its GoldLeaf and SilverLeaf Service on their Canadian routes and SilverLeaf Service and SilverLeaf Plus on their US route, offering panoramic views, gourmet dining and world-class hospitality. The glass-dome coaches in GoldLeaf Service provide unobstructed views of the stunning landscapes.

Exceptional Service: Attentive hosts provide engaging storytelling, highlighting the history, geology and culture of the regions travelled.

Exclusive Access: The route’s travel through areas that are partially only accessible by train, offering a truly unique perspective on North America’s natural wonders.

Exclusive Rail Upgrades

A rail holiday with Rocky Mountaineer is more than just a journey it is an experience of a lifetime. Whether traveling through the majestic Canadian Rockies or the striking deserts of the American Southwest, this luxury train offers comfort, scenic beauty and a stressfree way to explore some of the world’s most iconic landscapes. For travellers seeking an alternative to traditional holidays, a Rocky Mountaineer rail holiday promises adventure, relaxation and memories that will last forever.

Book with First Class Holidays and enjoy exclusive Rail Upgrades on select Canadian rail holidays. Explore the vibrant city of Vancouver with a leisurely 4-night stay before boarding the iconic Rocky Mountaineer train for a magnificent journey on the First Passage to the West route through the Rocky Mountains to Banff. Spend time immersing yourself in the mountain landscapes and enjoy a memorable trip along the Icefields Parkway to the Athabasca Glacier. Prices start from £4,995 per person.

Contact First Class Holidays: 0161 888 5628 fcholidays.com

Wine, dine and hike along Britain’s original national trail in its 60th anniversary year

Launched on April 24, 1965, The Pennine Way set a precedent for public access walking trails in the UK. These are the best ways to enjoy the route. By Sarah Marshall

Britain’s country paths have been traversed by thousands of pilgrims and hikers over the centuries, but the first official national trail was only inaugurated in modern times.

Inspired by America’s Appalachian Trail, journalist and keen rambler Tom Stephenson published an article in the Daily Herald calling for a “long green trail” which could form “the backbone of England”. It took 30 years of battling with landowners for his dream to become a reality, with The Pennine Way finally inaugurated in 1965.

Stretching for 268 miles (431 km) from Edale in Derbyshire to Kirk Yetholm in the Scottish Borders, the path winds through three national

parks: the Peak District, Yorkshire Dales, and Northumberland. It crosses forests, moorlands, and ancient Roman remnants along Hadrian’s Wall, with a total ascent exceeding the height of Mount Everest.

Beyond its recreational significance, it marked a watershed moment in Britain’s access rights movement, opening up wild areas to all citizens and paving the way for more national trails.

In honour of this April’s 60th anniversary, hundreds of travellers are expected to visit the north of England – either to hike part of the iconic path or simply enjoy the natural surroundings.

These are some of the best ways to commemorate one of the world’s most important rambling routes.

HIKE A SCENIC SECTION

Rather than tackle the full thing, sample a standout section on a new four-night guided walking holiday. From a base in Appleby-in-Westmorland at one of the trailheads, venture out each day to

explore an area lying between the Pennines and the Lake District Fells. Follow a disused railway line passing over grand viaducts, admire the deep glacial gorge of High Cup Nick, and marvel at the stone structures of Nine Standards Rigg. Stroll along the River Eden, explore market town Appleby and visit Rutter Mill, an historic waterpowered corn mill and waterfall.

How: The four-night Enchanting Eden Valley tour starts from £649 per person, including half-board accommodation and guide. Departs July 7, August 18 and September 15, 2025. Visit rambleworldwide.co.uk.

DINE ON FINE FARE

Inns served as a literal lifeline for medieval travellers passing through Northumberland. Many provided shelter for pilgrims moving between the treacherous border region between England and Scotland. One of the oldest buildings still standing is in the honeybricked village of Blanchland, overlooking the moorlands. Dating back to the 12th century, The Lord Crewe Arms has since been remodelled as one of the region’s top culinary boutique hotels with a choice of dining rooms and cosy nooks for sipping locally brewed pints.

As part of a new monthly Taste of the North East series, guest chefs from the region will treat 16 diners to a menu of seasonal delights, with 75% of all profits donated to charity. On April 28,

“Inns served as a literal lifeline for medieval travellers passing through Northumberland. Many provided shelter for pilgrims moving between the treacherous border region between England and Scotland”

Damian Broom, executive chef at Seaham Hall, will be helming the kitchen.

How: Tickets from £75 per person, including a welcome glass of sparkling wine and coffee. Wine pairings extra. Doubles at the Lord Crewe Arms from £160 per night, including breakfast. Visit lordcrewearmsblanchland.co.uk.

ENJOY THE ROUTE ON FOUR WHEELS

Not everyone has the stamina to hike – but that doesn’t mean missing out on the scenery.

“While the 268-mile stretch is primarily a walking route, road trippers can choose to take the easterly A1 passing through Leeds, Durham and Newcastle upon Tyne, or the westerly M6 through Manchester and the Lake District,” recommends Max Schmidt, head of CamperDays.

“Picking up a four-person roadsurfer Surfer Suite from Manchester over dates 26 April – 3 May will cost £723 total, while a four-person Bunk Campers Mystery 2 from London will cost £565. For something a little more luxurious, picking up the four-person McRent Comfort Luxury from

Manchester over the same dates would cost £1,055 total.”

How: Visit camperdays.co.uk.

WITNESS LOCAL WILDLIFE

Some of the biggest beneficiaries of protected areas are undoubtedly the wild species that inhabit them. Thanks to conservation efforts, Britain’s wildlife manages to thrive in national parks. The reservoirs and woodlands of the Pennine Way are home to multiple bird species and Britain’s only mountain hare.

Focusing on the Peak District, wildlife specialist Naturetrek offers a dedicated birding day trip led by naturalist Matthew Capper, with a chance to see moorland birds like the ring ouzel, curlew, whinchat and wheatear.

Visit a blanket bog to see important populations of golden plover and dunlin, and head to woodlands for pied flycatcher and redstart.

How: Dark Peak day trips from £60pp. May departures are currently full but get in touch for future dates. Visit naturetrek.co.uk.

SIP BEAUTIFULLY BLENDED BOTANICALS

A strenuous hike deserves a decent liquid reward. Along with fine food and beers, world-class gins are produced in this part of the world – providing

an opportunity to sample nature’s delights in a different way.

Part of Northumberland National Park’s Hepple Estate, which has moved away from sheep, commodity timber and traditional game shooting towards rewilding, the Hepple Gin Distillery is set within one of Britain’s most biodiverse landscapes. Learn about conservation efforts and sustainable techniques used to harvest botanicals including hawthorn, Douglas fir, lovage, bog myrtle and blackcurrant leaves.

A private tour can be arranged for guests staying at the historic Kirkstyle Inn in Slaggyford, an ideal base for walkers on the trail.

How: Hepple Distillery Tours from £55 per person. Visit hepplespirits.com. Rooms at The Kirkstyle Inn are available from £170 B&B per night. Visit theksi.co.uk.

“ Part of Northumberland National Park’s Hepple Estate, which has moved away from sheep, commodity timber and traditional game shooting towards rewilding, the Hepple Gin Distillery is set within one of Britain’s most biodiverse landscapes”

Having recovered from last year’s devastating hurricane, the popular holiday destination is on fine form.

By Sarah Marshall

Caribbean escape

Why Jamaica is bouncing back to be a top Caribbean destination

Whether on the running track or in the recording studio, in the kitchen or at a bar, Jamaica’s cultural contributions are legendary. Birthplace of Bob Marley and Usain Bolt, the island has given us reggae, jerk and rum and continues to be one of the most vibrant destinations in the world.

But life over the last 12 months hasn’t been easy.

Despite its sunny disposition, the island endured dark days last year when Hurricane Beryl – a category five storm at its peak with winds as strong as 165mph – swept ashore wreaking havoc, death and destruction.

Fortunately, residents responded quickly and

Jamaica has bounced back.

The first westerner to fall for its charms was Christopher Columbus back in 1494 who called it ‘the fairest isle that eyes have beheld’. It’s a description that remains accurate today.

Beyond the major urban hubs of capital Kingston and Montego Bay (where most visitors touch down), the island is lush and wild, dominated by the dramatic coffee-producing peaks of the Blue Mountains. An emerald interior of rainforests is sliced by rivers and dotted with waterfalls, while a coastline of soft, sandy shores is lapped by the inviting Caribbean Sea.

But Jamaica is far more than a place to experience solely from a sun-lounger with a rum

“The first westerner to fall for its charms was Christopher Columbus back in 1494 who called it ‘the fairest isle that eyes have beheld’. It’s a description that remains accurate today”

cocktail in hand.

Here’s our guide to seeing and experiencing the very best of what’s on offer…

BED DOWN LIKE A STAR

Located along a quiet stretch of coast near the town of Ocho Ríos and bookended by rugged headlands, the family-run Jamaica Inn has 55 TVfree rooms, suites and cottages. The focus is on quiet luxury, personalised service and old-school glamour – gentlemen are required to wear collars and trousers after 7pm while ladies are encouraged to dress up.

Aside from eight years at the very beginning, the dusky-blue two-storey British colonial-style property has been in the same family since it opened in 1950 and has welcomed many notable guests in the decades since.

Winston Churchill spent his time here painting watercolours from the verandah of a room now named in his honour, Marilyn Monroe honeymooned here with Arthur Miller and, more recently, Meghan Markle chose it as the venue for her first wedding in 2011. A framed photo of the Duchess and her estranged father taken at the property sits amongst many others on a table in the library.

LIME LIKE A LOCAL

The community of Ocho Rios (meaning ‘Eight Rivers’) is located close to the Jamaica Inn. Once a quiet fishing village and known simply as ‘Ochi’ to locals, it has a craft market selling handmade souvenirs and some fun bars where locals gather for a spot of liming – a term used to describe the

art of hanging out with pals.

Head to the Arsenal Sports Bar, where the reggae is loud and the drinks are strong. It’s teenytiny, with only four stools along the bar, and a little tricky to find. Just look for the bright yellow exterior decorated with a hand-painted mural of Gunners striker Bukayo Saka.

DIG MUSICAL ROOTS

No man encapsulates Jamaica more than Bob Marley. Delve deep into the story of the island’s most famous son in the sleepy hills of the parish of St. Ann, where he was born on February 6, 1945.

It’s possible to visit his childhood home in the hamlet of Nine Miles which has been preserved with a number of his personal possessions and

“No man encapsulates Jamaica more than Bob Marley. Delve deep into the story of the island’s most famous son in the sleepy hills of the parish of St. Ann, where he was born on February 6, 1945”

is now managed by members of the Marley family. Known as ReggaeLand, it’s also his final resting place. Fans can visit a chapel within the grounds.

BLEND WITH BOND

When it comes to having a drink to remember, there’s no better place than GoldenEye, a swish resort of bridges, lagoons, beach huts and fancy cottages that was once the private estate of James Bond creator Ian Fleming.

After purchasing the land in 1946 and building a modest house, Fleming went on to write all 14 Bond books at the property. Following his death, it was sold and developed into a glitzy resort. Pull up a stool at the laidback beachfront Bamboo Bar.

SPICE UP YOUR LIFE

More of a way of life than merely a recipe, jerk seasoning is a complex and fiery blend of ingredients that dates back to the island’s indigenous tribes and is used to marinate pork, chicken and fish.

An island-wide obsession, it’s served in restaurants and roadside shacks everywhere –but one of the most authentic places to try it is Scotchies, a no-frills restaurant chain with branches in Montego Bay and Falmouth Pier. Order a side portion of festivals. Made from flour, cornmeal and sugar, these deep-fried treats are similar to dumplings.

HOW TO PLAN YOUR TRIP

Five nights at the Jamaica Inn with Virgin Atlantic Holidays (virginatlantic.com/holidays) starts from £1,831 per person, including flights from London Heathrow and accommodation on a room only basis in May 2025.

For more information on the destination, go to visitjamaica.com.

DRIFT INTO THE JUNGLE

If hiking isn’t your thing, explore the jungle interior by water on a bamboo rafting experience along the Martha Brae River. Steered by local captains, the rafts – made from bamboo pole tied together and around 30ft in length – gently navigate a realm of tropical birds, butterflies and other wildlife.

RELAX ON THE BEACH

Jamaica has some of the most beautiful in all the Caribbean, but one of the very finest is the slither of sand at the Jamaica Inn. Quiet, private and secluded, with water that’s as calm as it is warm, it’s large enough to find a patch all to yourself – but small enough to never be too far away from the bar.

A unique holiday destination

The stunning Channel Island of Sark is a holiday destination unlike any other.

Measuring only 3 miles by 1.5 miles, it is located a mere 7 miles East of Guernsey but has a unique character all of its own. The only way to travel to Sark is by boat. The Isle of Sark Shipping Company runs regular ferry services from Guernsey. Stepping off the ferry after the crossing that takes approximately 45 minutes, is like stepping back in time to a more sedate and less hectic way of life.

Peaceful and relaxing or active and adventurous? You choose!

With no cars allowed on the island, traffic on Sark’s unmade roads consists of pedestrians, bicycles, the few tractors that are used for carting and agriculture, as well as horse-drawn carriages offering a more leisurely approach to sightseeing.

The island boasts numerous walking trails that meander through woodlands, over headlands with panoramic views, and along tranquil tree lined lanes.

Sark’s untouched coastline, with sandy bays, pebbled coves and rock pools offers the lovers

of sea bathing and adventure seekers, ample opportunity to indulge their passion. Swimming, kayaking and coasteering are just some of the activities on offer.

World’s first Dark Sky Island

Sark’s night sky is an impressive sight, thanks to a lack of light pollution (there are no street lights on Sark!). The starry night displays, visible from anywhere on the island, are breathtaking. In fact, Sark bears the title of the world’s first ‘Dark Sky Island’ and has done so since 2011.

DISCOVER SARK

If you are looking to ‘get away from it all’, look no further than this beautiful and refreshingly tranquil little island paradise. Spend your days relaxing on the beach, taste the local fare in the island eateries serving up fresh seasonal produce in relaxed and informal settings, or fill your day with adventure.

However you chose to spend your holiday, Sark is a special place where you can truly unwind and connect with nature. Don’t just take our word for it come and experience Sark’s magic for yourself!

sark.co.uk

office@sark.co.uk 01481 832345

Wild wonders of the Americas

Tom Hanks showcases wild wonders of the Americas in a new blockbuster BBC nature series

Sarah Marshall speaks to executive producer Mike Gunton about working with the Hollywood star and the bucket list destinations visited.

Sir David Attenborough is Britain’s undisputed national treasure, but across the Atlantic another charismatic, captivating figure is emerging as the voice of natural history in America.

TV producer Mike Gunton recalls mentally identifying the talent several years ago. Sat in an office pitching to Hollywood execs, he recalls scribbling down a name in his notes.

“I’d just finished working on a project with David Attenborough, and I was thinking, ‘Who’s the equivalent? Who does everybody want to be with? Who does everybody trust? Who does everybody want to hear?’ It’s got to be Tom Hanks.”

Several years later, the multi award-winning actor can be heard narrating a new 10-part natural world series sweeping the enormous breadth of the Americas.

Covering two continents and spanning multiple ecosystems, the ambitious show was filmed over the course of five years and 180 expeditions.

“As far as nature is concerned, this is one super landmass,” says Gunton, creative director of Factual and the Natural History Unit for BBC Studios, whose past accolades include Planet Earth II and Dynasties.

“It’s the only place that reaches right up into the Arctic and right down into the Antarctic. It splits oceans and has the Tropics of Cancer, the

“Covering two continents and spanning multiple ecosystems, the ambitious show was filmed over the course of five years and 180 expeditions”

Tropic of Capricorn, the Equator and every type of habitat.”

Commissioned for an initial US release, the blockbuster series intentionally aims to instil a sense of national pride in the destinations featured. Entertaining whilst being educational, it’s a visual safari and Tom Hanks is very much along for the ride.

“It feels like Tom is sitting here with his arm around you, saying, ‘I’ve just seen this most incredible thing’ – rather than a voice of God saying this happens here and this happens there,” adds Gunton.

From bison on the Great Plains to polar bears in Hudson Bay, countless bucket-list wildlife experiences feature along with behaviours captured for the first time – including several male blue whales racing along the coast of California, a sequence which Gunton highlights as one of his favourites.

“This is an animal that is the size of a jumbo jet, almost going at 30 miles an hour and then leaping out of the water. That’s a lot of energy. We don’t really know why they were doing it, but it’s incredible. One of the most impressive animals of all time doing something that is some of the most impressive things I’ve ever seen.”

But it’s not just the animals that shine.

“You don’t just go to the giant redwood forest

to see the giant redwoods,” Gunton points out. “You go there to experience the whole environment. We work very hard to invoke the character of individual places. These aren’t just locations.”

In every episode, efforts are made to make the wild world feel relatable. At a time when political upheavals in the USA threaten to unravel years of environmental protection efforts, connecting with audiences is more important than ever before.

“It’s a good time to remind people that this is special,” admits Gunton diplomatically. “You’ve got something incredible here, it should be treasured. But it’s vulnerable. It’s like that Joni Mitchell song. You don’t know what you’ve got ’til it’s gone.

“Tom feels that very strongly as well. He was keen to make sure that we reminded the audience that these wonders are on their doorstep, but they’re fragile, they’re precious, we have to treasure them.”

Mike Gunton shares several standout sequences from the series…

Pumas in Torres del Paine, Patagonia, Chile

“It’s hard to find real wilderness, but this is definitely real wilderness. There’s been a lot of protection of pumas and numbers are increasing but the reason why it’s hard to find them is because they’re brilliant at camouflage.

“If you’d asked me, I’d say filming pumas was one of the hardest shoots, just because physically it’s so demanding. As a filmmaker, it’s tough because you can’t go in vehicles. You have to do it pretty much all on foot. Now, if you ask Tom

Hanks [about the toughest shoot], he’d say, filming army ants in the Amazon, because they want to bite you.”

Blue whales in California, USA

“Blue whales are notoriously difficult to film –this is the biggest animal that’s ever lived. They’re mysterious. We know very little about them.

“We found this one camera operator who had incredible access to a secret location, and he managed to film not just one, not just two or three, but four blue whales.”

Burrowing owls, Florida, USA

“The natural habitat of these tiny owls is closecropped prairies, where they can see over the grass for predators. But they’ve moved into human habitats where people beautifully mow their lawns.

“Males build these burrows and do a bobbing dance to attract a mate. Our story is that we join this community of owls, all of whom are paired off. There’s one guy who was too late to the party, and he mournfully does this little dance. We do a kind of Sleepless in Seattle montage where the days go by, the sun sets, the sun rises.

“He does one last dance and he hears a female. She’s also late to the party, and he goes into a hyperdrive. It’s hilarious. There’s this lovely moment where they meet, and she turns and does

this big wink at him.”

Blue-footed boobies, Mexico

“The story here is one of infidelity. To attract a mate, males do a dance and show off their blue feet. We filmed a courting pair, but when the male goes off to find food, the female’s head is turned by another male who has even bluer feet, and she starts to sort of flirt with him.

“The other male then comes back, and they have a bit of a barney. We gave Tom a script but encouraged him to extemporize. He does it perfectly exclaiming, ‘He’s not gonna put up with that’.

“It’s so unlike a narrator. That’s what is unique about this project. There are these moments where, as an audience, you’re brought into the shows through Tom almost the breaking the fourth wall.”

Watch The Americas on BBC iPlayer.

“To attract a mate, males do a dance and show off their blue feet. We filmed a courting pair, but when the male goes off to find food, the female’s head is turned by another male who has even bluer feet, and she starts to sort of flirt with him”

Explore Kansas City and St. Louis In the Midwestern heart of the USA

VISIT KANSAS CITY

The City of Fountains, Paris of the Plains, Barbecue Capital of the World—Kansas City shines as a Midwestern cultural capital. Home to sprawling arts institutions, thriving jazz clubs and diehard sports fandoms, KC offers endless opportunities to immerse yourself in many of America’s most well-known, time-tested traditions. As the nation’s most centrally located major metropolitan area, Kansas City is within easy reach of both coasts and other popular U.S. destinations. Whether arriving for the world’s largest sporting event or an in-depth exploration of American heritage, KC is a convenient starting point for all travelers.

Attractions

There’s more to Kansas City than meets the eye. Unique attractions throughout KC beckon locals and visitors alike to find the city’s hidden gems. Explore the National WWI Museum and Memorial. Let curiosity guide you at Union Station. Walk in the steps of America’s 33rd President in Independence. Uncover the city’s charm by discovering its attractions.

FIFA World Cup 26™

Known as the Soccer Capital of America, Kansas City will take its fandom to a new level as an official host city for FIFA World Cup 26™. The destination will host six matches at the iconic Arrowhead Stadium, home to the NFL’s Chiefs and the Guinness World Records holder as the loudest outdoor sports venue on earth. In the heart of the city, the National WWI Museum and Memorial will be home to Kansas City’s FIFA Fan Festival™ throughout the tournament.

Jazz Capital

Kansas City stands proudly as America’s only UNESCO City of Music. The 18th & Vine Historic Jazz District is home to the American Jazz Museum, along with the American Jazz Walk of Fame and the storied Mutual Musicians Foundation—a legendary-late night venue with origins as the country’s first union for Black musicians. Today, the city’s jazz tradition lives on at clubs like the Green Lady Lounge, the Phoenix and the Blue Room.

Kansas City BBQ

KC’s world-famous barbecue is defined by sweet and smoky sauce with a molasses base, as well as a “low and slow” method of smoking meats—up to 18 hours in the smoker at a low temperature. More than 100 KC barbecue restaurants carry on the tradition daily, and visitors who crave more can learn the full story at the new Museum of BBQ.

Purely America offers a 6 Night twin-center city break to Kansas City and St. Louis

Package includes: Return flights from London Heathrow to St. Louis & return from Kansas City to London Heathrow.

3 Nights at the Hyatt Regency St. Louis at The Arch Amtrak train travel between St. Louis & Kansas City

3 Nights at the AC Museum Hotel Kansas City

From £1,249 per person based on 2 adults sharing

Arrowhead Stadium, Kansas City Chiefs

Kansas City

Nelson-Atkins Museum of Art, Kansas City

EXPLORE ST. LOUIS

A captivating blend of history and innovation, St. Louis offers a uniquely Midwestern experience. Easy to navigate and full of charm, the city boasts diverse dining, shopping, and cultural attractions. As the Gateway to the West, St. Louis is home to world-class museums, parks, and experiences— including the Saint Louis Art Museum, Zoo, Science Center, Missouri History Museum, Citygarden, Grant’s Farm, Laumeier Sculpture Park, and Anheuser-Busch brewery tours—many of which are free to explore.

Route 66

Celebrating its 100th Anniversary in 2026, Journey through history on Route 66, where St. Louis stands as the largest city between Chicago and Los Angeles. While street names may change, the spirit of the “Mother Road” lives on. Discover nostalgic gas stations, classic motels, and local landmarks like the Old Chain of Rocks Bridge. Don’t miss a stop at Ted Drewes Frozen Custard for a taste of true Americana.

Blues Music

Music fills every corner of St. Louis. At the National Blues Museum, explore the deep roots of this genre that shaped American music. From soulful storytelling to electrifying performances, the Blues legacy continues to thrive in the city that helped define it.

BBQ

St. Louis is a BBQ lover’s paradise. Savor sweetheat ribs, thick pork steaks, and mouthwatering brisket and pulled pork. With nationally recognized joints around every corner, the city’s rich BBQ heritage is one you won’t want to miss.

The Gateway Arch

A symbol of American expansion, the Gateway Arch offers stunning views from its 630-foot peak. Ride the tram to the top and take in breathtaking sights of downtown St. Louis, the Mississippi River, and beyond.

THE DETAILS

Purely America is a fully ATOL bonded specialist tour operator to the USA. With competitive airfares, car hire, pre-planned but flexible self-drive tours, rail tours, escorted coach tours, attractions and a selection of hotels to suit every budget, no other UK tour operator offers you a wider choice of holiday options to Southern USA.

For more information on Kansas City & St. Louis, please scan the QR code below

Book your trip to Kansas City and St. Louis - Call us today to speak with one of our agents who has been there, let us inspire you and help plan your dream holiday to these exciting cities.

Call us on 0844 80 444 80.

Anheuser-Busch Brewery, St. Louis

Gateway Arch, St. Louis

Route 66, St. Louis

Discover the Charm of Vis Island with VisVillas

Vis Island, Croatia, a hidden gem in the heart of the Adriatic, offers the perfect blend of natural beauty, rich history, and authentic Mediterranean experiences. Known for its pristine landscapes, serene beaches, and charming Venetian architecture, Vis has long been a sought-after destination for those looking to escape to a tranquil and beautiful environment. Open to the public since 1989, the island invites visitors to unwind, explore, and indulge in unforgettable moments.

For those seeking the ultimate in comfort and luxury, VisVillas provides exclusive villa rentals in some of the most stunning locations on the island. Specializing in high-end accommodations, VisVillas offers a wide selection of luxury properties that ensure complete privacy, elegance, and relaxation. Whether you’re planning a romantic getaway, a family vacation, or a luxurious retreat with a private pool, VisVillas caters to all preferences, guaranteeing that each guest enjoys an exceptional experience.

The villas offered by VisVillas are designed to blend seamlessly with the island’s natural surroundings, featuring spacious interiors, modern

“For those seeking the ultimate in comfort and luxury, VisVillas provides exclusive villa rentals in some of the most stunning locations on Vis Island, Croatia”

amenities, and breathtaking views of the Adriatic. These exceptional properties provide a serene escape where guests can unwind in comfort, with easy access to the island’s pristine beaches, charming towns, and scenic landscapes.

VisVillas goes beyond providing exquisite accommodations by offering personalized services that enhance each guest’s stay. In addition to luxury villa rentals, the company offers a range of exclusive experiences, including private boat tours, military history excursions, and Sunset Wine Tours, allowing guests to explore the island’s hidden gems and unique attractions. For those wanting to explore at their own pace, VisVillas also offers car, scooter, and boat rentals, making it easy to discover the island’s best spots.

With a deep understanding of Vis Island’s charm, VisVillas ensures that every stay is filled with tailored recommendations, from hidden beaches to local dining experiences. The combination of luxury, personalized service, and the natural beauty of Vis makes for an unforgettable experience.

Let VisVillas elevate your stay on Vis Island, offering the perfect luxurious escape in one of the most picturesque locations in the Mediterranean. visvillas.com

Atlantis Travel in Chigwell has been in business in Brook Parade (opposite Chigwell underground) since 1971, now in our 54th year, we are fully licensed and bonded, so your money is 100% protected. The team here is extensively travelled and personal recommendations can usually be given.

Spring is now in full swing, with slightly longer days and snippets of sunshine, what better way to pass the time until summer with a perfectly planned holiday? In the spirit of this, Janine, one of our senior travel specialists has just returned from the One&Only Royal Mirage- where she experienced 5-star service and more than just a snippet of sunshine! Reservations Manager Karen has also just returned from her travels, after an 11-day cruise around Asia. Taking in bucket list ports from Singapore, the Philippines and Taiwan before finishing in the sophisticated metropolis of Hong Kong. As always, our travel specialists are here to help you so feel free to call to discuss any of your travel dreams, we can make them a reality here at Atlantis.

Wishing everyone a good month! Melvyn, Managing Director.

NEWS YOU CAN USE

A RITZ CARLTON SAFARI EXPERIENCE

Set to open in August 2025, RitzCarlton Masai Mara Safari Camp, Kenya, is opening its luxury tent flaps to those seeking a safari experience adorned with an endless array of extravagant extras. Located on a secluded island along the Sand River, get front row seats to the mesmerizing sights of the Grand Migration from your pick of 20- suites- including a 4-bedroom Presidential Suite- all featuring private decks, plunge pools, personalised butler service and stunning views.

AQUAMAR SPA GOES FLEET-WIDE!

If its lavish name doesn’t perceive it, Oceanias’ elusive Aquamar Spa is reaching a whole new level. Introducing an exclusive range of products designed specifically for the cruise line, and will be featured onboard its eight elegant ships. The new collection encompasses a full suite of indulgent products including shampoo, conditioner, body wash, soaps, and body lotion, to nourish skin, soothe senses, and promote vitality and balance.

SANI RESORTS REJUVENATION

World’s leading luxury destination is transforming its secluded Sani Club hotel, unveiling a new promenade, room renovations, and a new Beach Club. The enhancements are due to be completed by April 2025, with its unparalleled views of the glistening Aegean and Mount Olympus, the hotel is entering a new phase of luxury with these seamless upgrades. Sani Resorts could be the perfect reprieve for you this summer.

PLEASE TAKE A LOOK AT OUR WEBSITE

Oceania Vista Aquamar Spa

Masai Mara, Kenya

Sani Club Restaurant

The Gambia Your winter sun escape, just six hours away

When the British winter sets in, bringing grey skies and chilly mornings, the thought of escaping to a warm, sun-drenched paradise becomes ever more appealing. This coming winter, why not trade frost for golden beaches, rain for radiant sunshine, and short, dark days for endless blue skies? Welcome to The Gambia, West Africa’s best-kept secret and a soft introduction to Africa, where tranquillity and adventure await—just a sixhour flight from London Gatwick, on The Gambia Experience’s exclusive charter flight, with no jet lag to hold you back.

While traditional winter destinations like the Caribbean and the Maldives remain popular, The Gambia offers an equally stunning yet refreshingly unique and good value alternative. With its

mid-haul convenience, welcoming culture, and an abundance of sun-drenched beaches, it’s an unbeatable choice for those looking to escape the cold without the long-haul fatigue.

The Gambia is rich in culture and adventure, from exploring vibrant markets and wildlife reserves to river cruises and birdwatching, there’s no shortage of experiences to make your trip unforgettable. This winter, step away from the norm and discover a new kind of paradise, with the promise of sun, sand, and seamless relaxation.

Experiencing luxury is easier than ever when it comes to accommodation choices, from the boutique hospitality of Ngala Lodge to the striking beauty of 4.5-grade Coco Ocean Resort & Spa.

Ngala Lodge, a romantic retreat with coastal charm

For those seeking a boutique escape Ngala Lodge is an exquisite choice. Perched atop burnished cliffs, the Atlantic Ocean views are second-tonone, and as an adult-only haven guests will relish in the peaceful calm and intimate atmosphere. Enjoy outstanding service throughout your stay, all hotel staff are ready to welcome you and ensure your holiday is unforgettable.

Reax to the sounds of the Atlantic Ocean, that you can even hear from your room, for a touch of luxury choose to stay in an Atlantic Suite, with its very own Jacuzzi, or the Macondo suite for fantastic sea views.

Get ready to taste mouthwatering cuisines at Ngala’s renowned restaurant, serving local and global cuisines, with an emphasis on homemade! Relax in stylish rooms, some with a private Jacuzzi or plunge pool. Each is individually designed

to blend contemporary elegance with authentic Gambian touches. Lush gardens provide an oasis of relaxation, whilst the infinity pool offers a welcome refresher on hot days and a front-row seat to unbeatable sunsets over the Atlantic.

Whether you’re lounging in the tropical gardens, taking a dip in one of the refreshing pools, or enjoying the sound of the waves from the beach deck, Ngala Lodge delivers relaxation in its purest form. It’s the ultimate hideaway for couples and discerning travellers seeking peace and exclusivity.

Coco Ocean Resort & Spa

If pampering and beachfront bliss are what you seek, look no further than Coco Ocean, an elegant retreat. Set against a backdrop of golden sands and swaying palms, it’s a sanctuary of relaxation and sophistication.

Choose from stylish suites and sea-view villas and visit the world-class spa offering rejuvenating treatments, including traditional Hammam. Every element of Coco Ocean is designed for pure comfort. Choose from an array of dining options, from fresh seafood and international delicacies to a Thai menu and vibrant local dishes.

Whether you’re sipping a sunset cocktail from a beachfront cabana or indulging in a traditional spa ritual, Coco Ocean is where comfort and serenity meet.

Make winter 2025/26 one to remember, The Gambia Experience are here for you, using firsthand expert knowledge and expertise to curate the ideal holiday just for you. The Gambia is calling, embrace the sunshine—because paradise is closer than you think.

gambia.co.uk

“If pampering and beachfront bliss are what you seek, look no further than Coco Ocean, an elegant retreat”

THE ALGARVE: A culinary escape

Portugal’s popular beach destination also is perfect for an off-season foodiethemed break, says Sophie Goodall.

With its lush green landscapes, upmarket leisure resorts and Mediterranean climate, the Algarve is renowned for drawing golfers and holidaymakers to the region.

But there’s a burgeoning gastronomic scene too, focused around quaint fishing communities, farmsteads and artisanal producers – as I discover on a short winter break.

NATIVE WINES

Filipe Caldas de Vasconcellos is the fourthgeneration owner of 300-year-old vineyard, Morgado do Quintão, nestled in the hills between

Silves and Lagoa.

Filipe tells me that only 5% of the wine drunk in the Algarve is made here – even though it’s one of the oldest wine-producing regions dating back to the 6th century BC.

The sunny environment provides perfect growing conditions for vines planted in lime and clay soil. Nearby, the Serra de Monchique mountains protect the area from wind, yet the breeze from the Atlantic Ocean provides ventilation and temperature regulation.

Filipe is passionate about staying true to traditional Algarvian winemaking styles and grape varieties, while also trying to ensure Morgado do Quintão is in operation for years to come. He tells me: “We want to plant new wines, while respecting ancient grape varieties that are local.”

One of the varieties produced is Negra Mole –the second oldest Portuguese grape variety, which is indigenous to the Algarve. It produces fruity, floral and fresh wines that are often light in colour with low tannins. Filipe lets me sample one that has been blended with Crato Branco grapes, and I have to agree – it’s the perfect tipple for a hot summer’s day on the Algarve.

ARTISANAL PRODUCE

At Quinta do Freixo, a fifth-generation, 700-hectare organic livestock farm, owner Luis Tiago Campo Cabral e Silva offers visitors a farmto-fork experience. Diners are encouraged to pick their own food for chefs on site to transform into a delectable dish.

Luis explains it’s far more cost-effective to sell a product on a plate, rather than going wholesale.

“The sunny environment provides perfect growing conditions for vines|

“Lamb, per animal, sells for around €70,” he tells me. “But to sell lamb by the plate, you’re bringing in around €320.”

Any profits are invested back into the farm, allowing Luis to develop environmentally friendly and regenerative farming methods. “If you ask a farmer for food, you have food for a day. Ask for soil, you eat for life,” he quips.

Like Morgado do Quintão, Quinta do Freixo is a family-owned business. Luis tells me that he wants to promote a resilient ecosystem by using diverse farming practices. On the farm, he raises cows, pigs, sheep and chickens, with their feed produced on site, and their water supplied from the estate’s lakes. Alongside rearing animals, raw materials such as cork, carob and fruit grow in Quinta do Freixo’s forests. Production takes place on site too, and Luis gives me a tour of the jam and chutney factory. I sample Quinta do Freixo’s tomato, quince and pumpkin jams, and purchase a jar of fig jam to bring home as a present for my friends. Similarly, sardine canner Conserveira do Arade has developed its own unique product –petiscada. The preserved fish delicacy is made with traditional Algarvian ingredients, including vegetables, tomato, green pepper, olives and sweet potato.

I take a tour of the factory in Parchal, Lagoa, where co-founder Vincent Jonckheere explains the process of petiscada production. To start, sardines are fished from Portuguese waters.

Portuguese sardines are much bigger, Vincent explains. The fatter the fish, the more nutritious it is. Conserveira do Arade debone, gut and clean their fishes, before placing them in steam ovens and then brining them in saltwater, as this method of dehydration retains the fat in the meat. Once processed, the fish is mixed with vegetables to create the petiscada, a chunky pate, which is best eaten spooned onto crackers.

FRESH SEAFOOD

While sardines are synonymous with Portugal, oysters are the star attraction for a tiny island just off the coast of the Algarve.

Culatra, a 6km-long island, part of the of the Ria Formosa National Park with only a thousand residents, is home to renowned oyster farms. Only the descendants of fishing families can live on the island. The construction of new buildings is banned, and properties are leased and passed down

through generations.

Around 90% of oysters farmed – around seven tonnes per week – is sold to businesses, mostly in Paris, for around €20/£17 per oyster.

Alongside oysters, residents also sell clams and fish. I speak to a fisherwoman about life on the island.

“I like to work with local people,” she tells me. “I like the traditions and culture, to be around humble people living in a peaceful way. There is no crime, it’s a healthy place to be.”

I get the chance to sample Culatra’s speciality oyster, the triploid, eaten with fresh limes and a simple onion and vinegar dressing. Afterwards, I head to one of the few restaurants on the island, Cafe Janoca, where staff serve bowls of clams cooked with parsley butter and lime, garlic prawns, and salad, washed down with local Portuguese beer.

ELEVATED DINING EXPERIENCES

For a more upmarket dining experience, the Michelin-starred Palmares Al Sud, overlooking the bay of Lagos, is the place to visit. The Algarve has eight Michelin-starred restaurants at present, however the fidelity to using local produce makes Al Sud stand out.

On offer is an eight-course tasting menu, paired with rare and unusual Portuguese wines (£240pp).

To begin with, we are served Algarvian coastal prawns cured in salt and sugar, with sea urchin and orange blossom. Oysters, cuttlefish and mussels reign supreme throughout the menu, with the final dessert course consisting of local carob, almond and fig, making this whole experience a true celebration of Algarvian cuisine.

HOW TO PLAN YOUR TRIP

The Viceroy at Ombria Algarve (viceroyhotelsandresorts.com) has doubles from £450 with breakfast.

For more information on the destination, visit Algarve Tourism (visitalgarve.pt/en)

INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS GUIDE

– The finest independent schools in the UK –

Hurtwood House

The perfect bridge between school and university

Hurtwood House, famous for its creativity and the likes of Hans Zimmer, Emily Blunt and Harry Lawtey, has an unusual history. ‘You must be crazy,’ friends told Richard Jackson in 1970, when he set out to create a new approach to A level education. He envisioned a magical school which students could change to after their GCSEs which would provide a completely different experience from what he perceived in those days as the dullness of the traditional public school system.

After Cambridge and a successful career in advertising, Richard and his wife Linda arrived at Leith Hill Place, a ramshackle mansion in the Surrey Hills, leased from the National Trust. When the doors opened with just 17 students the equipment consisted of a Remington typewriter and a child’s blackboard! The house lacked any formal teaching space, but fulfilled Richards’s brief of a ‘school that didn’t look like a school or smell like one’. Domestic and financial logistics fell to Linda’s expertise, while Richard taught and recruited staff and students, who were on first-name terms. Mutual respect was central, constructive feedback was weekly and the atmosphere was that of a supportive extended family where everyone found themselves

“Richard realised how Drama could galvanise students”

working as hard as they were playing. There was delicious home-cooked food and dogs completing the informal picture. Little has changed in the ethos of the school over the decades since; the scale, however, has developed and now it is an internationally recognised powerhouse of 350 students, built on the twin pillars of creativity and academic rigour, the perfect bridge between school and university.

The first key move was in 1974 when, Richard acquired Hurtwood House itself, recognising the potential of its gracious limed-oak beauty. There was now the space to expand and Richard set about finding appropriately brilliant staff. Numbers grew, and Hurtwood colonised the Surrey Hills: acquiring a remarkable portfolio of grand boarding houses – ‘home from home’ for successive generations of students. The 1980s brought fundamental change with the arrival of the Hurtwood Theatre. Richard realised how Drama could galvanise students, demanding mutual co-operation and personal responsibility alongside creativity and having fun. ‘Build it and they will come’, he was told. They did, and they still do, along with a stream of superb practitioners from every area of the creative arts. Hurtwood had found its unique beating heart and the school buzzed with the stream of amazing productions (everything from glorious Christmas musicals to Greek tragedy by way of Shakespeare and cuttingedge contemporary plays). A raft of challenging subjects followed: Dance, Music Technology, Textiles, Photography and Media – the creative utopia was born.

hurtwoodhouse.com

Preparing Young People for an Eco-Conscious Future

At Cranleigh School, sustainability is deeply embedded in the student experience, with a strong emphasis on environmental responsibility, outdoor learning, and sustainable living. The school’s commitment to eco-conscious values prepares young people to make a positive impact on the planet and to approach sustainability with both knowledge and enthusiasm.

The school focuses on nurturing an understanding of sustainability through various initiatives that empower students to take ownership of their environmental footprint. From developing house-specific sustainability strategies to integrating sustainability education into the curriculum, Cranleigh fosters a culture where students are actively involved in shaping their school’s ecological practices. This hands-on approach ensures that sustainability is not just a theoretical concept, but a daily reality for students.

Cranleigh also prioritizes the importance of sustainable food practices. The school regularly holds workshops on topics like food waste, sustainable sourcing, and the environmental impact of food choices. These sessions encourage students to think critically about how their choices affect the planet and inspire them to make more environmentally friendly decisions.

Outdoor learning is a cornerstone of the school’s sustainability efforts. With its beautiful grounds Cranleigh offers students the chance to engage with nature in meaningful ways. From outdoor adventures to conservation-focused lessons, students are encouraged to connect with the environment, fostering a sense of responsibility and respect for the natural world.

These experiences not only promote physical wellbeing but also enhance mental health, creativity, and empathy, all of which are crucial skills for future environmental stewards.

The school’s involvement in local environmental organizations, such as the Surrey Environmental Action group, provides students with the opportunity to collaborate with peers from other schools, share ideas, and work together on collective sustainability goals.

Cranleigh’s commitment to sustainability also extends beyond the classroom, with various school-wide events that promote eco-friendly habits. Activities like second-hand clothing sales, sustainability talks, and charity fundraisers help instil a sense of purpose and community involvement

By integrating sustainability into every aspect of school life, Cranleigh ensures that its students are not only learning about environmental issues but also actively engaging in solutions. The school’s holistic approach to sustainability prepares young people to face the challenges of tomorrow, instilling in them the values and skills they need to create a more sustainable and eco-conscious world. Parents can be confident that Cranleigh is providing their children with the tools to become responsible, forward-thinking leaders in an increasingly sustainable society.

By Mr Phil Leamon – Head of Sustainability and Environmental Education cranleigh.org

“Outdoor

learning is a cornerstone of the school’s sustainability efforts. With its beautiful grounds

Cranleigh offers students the chance to engage with nature in meaningful ways”

SMART, SKILFUL AND KIND

The transition from nursery school to a child’s first day in reception aged four or five is an exciting milestone for both the child and parent.

In those first few weeks it’s the teachers’ responsibility to get to know each child’s character and learn about what makes them all special. Mrs Sanderson, Head of Lower School at Rokeby comments: “We always look forward to our new cohort of boys at Rokeby as the Reception classes start to take ownership of their learning through exploring, investigating, watching, listening, talking, creating, and communicating. It’s a very rewarding year in which to teach. We find the boys really flourish in those first few weeks.”

Reception should be a comfortable and nurturing environment in which children can explore the full range of their personalities and potential. PHSE lessons with the littlest learners, which focus on building self-identity and selfesteem, are one of the many joys in your job as a reception teacher; watching the boys gain confidence and a sense of pride in who they are and their unique qualities.

Mrs Sanderson, Head of Lower School, at Rokeby, top tips to ensure your child has a positive start to school are:

• Develop their interpersonal and cognitive skills by encouraging sharing and taking turns through games and conversations. Try to solve problems through words; talk about it together

when everyone is calm.

“Teachers play a significant role in helping your child become kind, polite, respectful, and happy!”

• Encourage independence; allow a few extra minutes before leaving the house to let your child put their coat and shoes on by themselves. Not only will they feel a sense of achievement, but a child who can do things for themselves will settle in quickly and feel happier at school.

• Share stories, as reading with your child will improve their vocabulary and listening skills. Acting out stories is a wonderful way to practise communication.

• Establish a good routine. Sensible and consistent bedtimes will help your child to fall asleep, stay asleep, and wake up rested and refreshed ready for their day ahead at school.

• Finally, we are all in this together! Teachers play a significant role in helping your child become kind, polite, respectful, and happy! We are all working towards the same goal to ensure your child has a positive learning experience. rokebyschool.co.uk

Finding the right Private Tutor for your Family

Renowned for our exceptional service, bespoke educational support, and meticulous tutor matching, Witherow Brooke stands as the world’s leading tutoring agency for families seeking the very best education for their children.

As we approach the Easter holidays, students are reaching a crucial stage in the academic year. For many, this is a time to consolidate their learning ahead of upcoming exams, while others may be looking to regain confidence and strengthen their understanding before the final term.

Working with a private tutor, either for specific subjects or in a capacity of academic support can rekindle a student’s joy for education, bridge knowledge gaps and overcome learning obstacles.

With one-to-one tuition, we find that typically material can be covered in a third of the time compared to classroom learning. Moreover, with an outstanding tutor, this can be done in a way that suits the student’s unique personality and learning style.

We understand it can be daunting for families to know what to look for in a prospective tutor or what the practicalities of making such an appointment entail.

The most important aspect in picking a tutor is to find one who is able to quickly establish a strong rapport with the student, inspire a love of learning, and communicate ideas in a way which resonates with the student.

Defining the curriculum in collaboration with the tutor is an important stage, and can encompass

“With one-to-one tuition, we find that typically material can be covered in a third of the time compared to classroom learning”

both specific curricula, knowledge gaps, or development in skills and traits such as logical deduction or essay writing.

Periodic oversight and checking in then allows for a flexible and pragmatic approach once tuition has begun, where things can be adapted and tweaked depending on the changing needs of any particular situation.

We provide highly-tailored, high-quality personal tutoring that meets the specific needs of every child and family, whatever their goals, location or ideals, all overseen with leading expertise and bespoke guidance to maximise effectiveness and enjoyment.

Our approach is tailored to each family’s goals, culture, and sensitivities. We invest time in understanding each family and child to form solutions that align with their aspirations both short term and long term.

We would welcome your call on 0207 459 4984 or email us on info@witherowbrooke.com.

INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS SHOW SUMMER FAIR 2025

Wednesday 21 May 2025

The Royal Horticultural Halls, Lindley Hall, London SW1

Are you considering an Independent School education for your child? the Independent Schools Show could transform their future.

Visit this prestigious Show and meet the biggest names in British education, all under one roof

– with independent school options for parents preparing children for entry to senior schools at 11+, 13+ and 6th-form.

Explore London’s leading independent day schools and top schools in the home counties and beyond, including the UK’s most prestigious boarding schools. Designed for busy London families, this fair is for parents wanting to find the perfect school to shape their child’s future.

• Make introductions and speak one-on-one to top independent schools, from pre-prep through to sixth form.

• Face-to-face discussions with senior admissions staff and headteachers that are hard to fit around whistle-stop group school tours at Open Days

• Join their immersive talks programme, which is designed to answer all your key questions.

• Discuss financial matters and find out about bursaries.

• Have one-to-one conversations with London’s leading educationalists to assess your child’s needs.

• Get expert advice on all aspects of private education.

Expert Guidance for Your Child’s Educational Journey

Talks are free and available on a first-come, firstserved basis. Visitors need to register in advance. The talks will be in two theatres, allowing visitors to choose from sessions throughout the day.

Tops include: ‘Raising Confident & Resilient Children’, ‘Choosing the Right School: Key Factors to Consider and Why They Matter’, ‘Education for Life: The Lasting Impact of Independent Schooling’ and ‘Life Beyond London: Relocating with Confidence’.

Think Academy

Leading education experts and heads answer parents’ questions in the education theatre. Topics this year include ‘Is a Highly Academic School Right for Your Child?’, ‘The Boarding School Experience: Could It Be the Perfect Fit?’ and ‘Let’s Talk Fees’.

“This fair is for parents wanting to find the perfect school to shape their child’s future”

THE DETAILS

For the full list of speakers and topics, schools exhibiting and to register for free tickets, visit schoolsshow.co.uk

The Royal Horticultural Halls, Lindley Hall, London SW1

Be Your Bassett Best

Bassett House is a co-educational, nonselective school educating children aged 2 to 11. Pupils at Bassett House are consistently encouraged to strive to be their best. When the school was established in 1947, its motto was much the same, though expressed in Latin: ‘Quisque pro sua parte’ – For each the best. The school focuses on the abilities of its pupils, recognising that achievement takes many forms. Bassett House proudly celebrates its most academically gifted pupils, who continue on to Year 7 at some of London’s most academically selective schools, as well as those who achieve success in other diverse and meaningful ways.

As an arts-rich school, Bassett House places great importance on the teaching of art, drama, and music. The Montessori-based Nursery School provides a nurturing environment for children aged 2 to 4, where they begin their educational

THE DETAILS

bassetths.org.uk

admissions@bassetths.org.uk

Bassett House School, 60 Bassett Road, London, W10 6JP 020 8969 0313

journey, setting the stage for a lifelong love of learning. From their first day, children are encouraged to develop curiosity, creativity, and resilience, ensuring they are well-prepared for the challenges that lie ahead.

Founded by Sylvia Rentoul in 1947, Bassett House was initially shaped with a strong focus on the Montessori method. Today, the Nursery School continues to incorporate the principles of Montessori in its teaching, with all of the Nursery School staff being Montessori-accredited practitioners. This approach fosters confidence, self-esteem, and independence among the youngest learners.

At Bassett House, pupils are taught to be wellrounded and grounded. They learn the values of humility, tolerance, and gratitude, and are encouraged to always appreciate what they have. As a smaller school, Bassett House creates a warm, welcoming atmosphere that is caring, charming, and filled with a palpable sense of community. Staying true to its founding vision, the school maintains a “house” feel with a home-from-home environment, which remains one of its most cherished qualities.

Finally, the dedicated team of teachers at Bassett House, work collaboratively to ensure that every pupil receives the best possible education. For each the best.

NINE AT MILLFIELD

Nine at Millfield is an innovative programme tailor-made to meet the academic and development needs of 13 to 14-year-olds in Year 9.

Millfield understands that, for the youngest members of the community, Year 9 is a time of huge change. It’s a big step from junior or prep school to a senior school and also a time of adolescent change - physically, emotionally, socially and intellectually. ‘Nine at Millfield’ creates a supportive environment for students to really get to know the school, settle in and succeed.

Learning is at the heart of the programme. The school offers a curriculum which stretches and challenges each young person to make learning even more inspiring. This is combined with an outstanding sport and co-curricular programme and a focus on learning in the outdoors - making the most of Somerset’s wonderful landscape. The programme is dynamic, diverse and engaging, connecting students with limitless academic, artistic and sporting outcomes by discovering and nurturing their talents and passions.

Millfield is home to 995 full boarders in 19 houses. Their house is the place where most students make long-lasting friendships and receive the support and guidance of a team of dedicated staff. Year 9 houses are located right at the heart of the Millfield campus. Housemasters and Housemistresses oversee every aspect of a child’s wellbeing and academic progress, and each house is supported by a high staff to student ratio

including assistant house staff, matrons, liaison tutors and sports coaches.

“One of my favourite things about Millfield are the people, they are so welcoming and kind.”Year 9, Jax

The programme welcomes students into the Millfield community and offers them a year to establish themselves before making confident transitions to Year 10, ready for GCSEs. It also equips each student with the skills and friendships to face the future with confidence and excitement.

THE DETAILS

Find out more at our next Open Day on Saturday 10 May or 4 October 2025. Book your place here: millfieldschool.com/admissions/ open-days

Beacon of Individuality in the Heart of West London

OFSTED SAYS:

For 25 years, the Lloyd Williamson Schools Foundation (LWSF) has offered an extraordinary educational journey, guiding students from nursery through to GCSEs with a consistent and nurturing approach.

At LWSF, individuality thrives. They believe in empowering each child to discover their authentic selves, fostering creativity, problem-solving skills, and a lifelong love of learning. Their goal is to inspire self-motivated learners who embrace challenges and develop resilience.

The headteacher’s vision has created a vibrant community where ambitious staff are dedicated to nurturing each pupil’s unique potential. Leaders and staff invest in each child, celebrating their achievements and ensuring they feel seen and valued.

The curriculum is both ambitious and diverse. LWSF offers French and Spanish from nursery and recently added Astronomy and PE GCSEs. Their inviting libraries encourage a passion for reading, while enriching projects like outdoor

learning and the annual project enhance the learning experience beyond the classroom.

With small class sizes and tailored teaching, students from diverse backgrounds and abilities flourish, LWSF supportive environment minimises stress, allowing children to build confidence and high self-esteem. Fees cover all activities, including after-school clubs, holiday club, meals, trips, and exam fees. Entry is by interview, not exams, and prospective students spend a trial day with their class before joining their community.

Exceptional pastoral care is a hallmark of LWSF and we champion equality and diversity. They invite you to experience the LWSF difference.

“The headteacher has created a school in which staff are ambitious for pupils and make sure that pupils feel valued.” “Pupils are inquisitive and curious.” “Pupils appreciate highly the friendliness of the school.”

THE DETAILS

Discover a school where individuality is celebrated, and every child is empowered to shine. A family where everyone belongs. Contact the head, Lucy Meyer, or the admin team at 0208 962 0345 or admin@lws.org.uk to arrange a visit. lloydwilliamson.co.uk

Nursery and Primary 77 St Charles Square London W10 6EB Secondary 206-208 Latimer Road London, W10 6QY

Which Top West London Prep Head is an Ex Professional Footballer?

As surprising as it may sound, a top west London boy’s Prep headmaster used to be a professional sportsman in his younger years. Mr Ross Montague of Eaton House Belgravia School was an established member of Brentford FC, before his career was curtailed by injury. These days, instead of scoring goals he is laser-focused on maximising his pupils’ chances in the notoriously challenging 7+ and 8+ entrance exams. His vision and leadership has been successful, with Eaton House Belgravia building on its founding legacy from 1897. In 2025, some 14 boys received 7+ offers to Westminster, St Paul’s and King’s Wimbledon – an outstanding number from a nonselective 4+ entry.

When Mr Montague pivoted to a second career in education he proved to be just as driven and successful. His first leadership position was at Broomfield House School, where he spent nearly 11 years, before taking his first headship at Hampstead Hill School, an academically rigorous institution where 7+ results were incredibly successful. The Headship of historic Eaton House Belgravia was a natural next step.

‘This journey has taught me a great deal about resilience,’ Mr Montague writes. ‘I can teach

“At Eaton House Belgravia we seek to stretch, encourage and support boys throughout the learning process”

the boys how to adapt when life does not go as planned, how to push forward in the face of setbacks, and how to remain focused on long-term goals despite challenges. In sport, you have to analyse performance data, adjust tactics on the fly and motivate a team towards a shared goal.’

‘At Eaton House Belgravia we seek to stretch, encourage and support boys throughout the learning process,’ he says. ‘We approach each boy at his current level and then provide him the space, support and structure to reach his full potential. There is no stone left unturned from morning through until evening, we strive to ensure that our learning is as individual and bespoke as possible.’ eatonhouseschools.com or call Mrs Sam Feilding, Head of Admissions on 020 3917 5050

ST DUNSTAN’S COLLEGE CELEBRATES HISTORIC GIRLS’ FOOTBALL SUCCESS

This March, St Dunstan’s College, Catford, London, was delighted to celebrate historic success in girls’ football with two senior teams reaching national finals and a junior squad winning their local tournament.

In the senior school, two teams have reached national finals marking a new chapter of sporting success for south London’s award-winning school.

St Dunstan’s year 9/10 girls’ team have reached the final of the U15 ISFA Shield, a prestigious national competition for independent schools. The journey for the girls started back in September. Along the way, St Dunstan’s have had to overcome tough competition with matches against Wellington College, Chigwell School, Colfe’s

School and then a semi-final in Southampton to take on the Gregg School. The semi final resulted in a fantastic 4-0 win for the girls earning them a place in the ISFA final, against Stephen Perse Foundation.

Meanwhile, the year 7/8 girls’ team have also had a great cup run which resulted in them reaching the final of the U13 Girls’ ISFA Cup. On route, St Dunstan’s girls have had to overcome City of London Girls School, Highgate School, Ardingly College and Wimbledon High School before beating favourites Surbiton High in the semi-final after a tense penalty shoot-out. Both teams are now preparing for their finals, which take place in the next few weeks.

St Dunstan’s Head of Football, Paul Palmer,

“St Dunstan’s year 9/10 girls’ team have reached the final of the U15 ISFA Shield, a prestigious national competition for independent schools”

said: ‘Both our senior girls’ squads have had a fantastic season, and the cup runs have elevated the status of St Dunstan’s girls’ football on a national level.’

St Dunstan’s Junior School year 4 girls’ team have also been celebrating success on the pitch. Taking part in the local Girls’ Under 9 Tournament, the girls were victorious following a final with Alleyn’s School.

The football success comes just over a year after St Dunstan’s announced a groundbreaking partnership with Chelsea FC Foundation. As part of the partnership, Chelsea FC Foundation now have a full-time officer based at the school to develop the new programme working closely with the St Dunstan’s team and to reach out and build relationships across Lewisham.

Speaking at the time, St Dunstan’s Education Group’s CEO, Nick Hewlett said: ‘We are delighted to announce this new partnership with Chelsea FC Foundation. Sport at St Dunstan’s has been on an incredible journey in recent years, and this is the next exciting chapter in our history.

‘We are passionate about our local community, and I am particularly pleased that this new partnership will not only benefit our pupils, but young people across the whole borough. It really does have the potential to transform football across south-east London.’

St Dunstan’s Assistant Head, Co-curricular, Danny Gower, added: ‘Sport plays such a key role in supporting the development of character. Young people learn about themselves; how they respond to challenges and pressure, how they work with team-mates and opponents and about the culture that they perform within.

‘Whilst developing individuals, sport is also uniquely placed to bring communities together. We are delighted to have found a partner in Chelsea FC Foundation who are as committed to delivering experiences that enrich the lives of people across

this community.’

St Dunstan’s College, located in Catford, south-east London, is one of London’s leading independent schools, having been named Senior School of the Year at the 2022 Tes Schools Awards and Most Progressive School in South-East England at the 2024 Private Education Awards. Find out more information about St Dunstan’s College and the recent football success at an upcoming open morning this spring. St Dunstan’s Senior School offers a variety of 11+ and 16+ scholarships.

Book at stdunstans.org.uk

“Sport plays such a key role in supporting the development of character. Young people learn about themselves”

“This partnership is full of exciting possibilities, and we can’t wait to see what the future holds”

This month, we speak to Head of St Christopher’s The Hall, Tom Carter, as the Beckenham prep school marks a new era as it joins St Dunstan’s Education Group.

What makes St Christopher’s The Hall such a special and unique place?

St Christopher’s The Hall is a special place where every child can truly shine. It’s a school filled with encouragement, fun, and a real sense of belonging. We work hard to ensure that every child feels happy, supported, and ready to take on challenges with confidence. What makes St Christopher’s unique is how we celebrate each child for who they are. Differences are embraced, talents are discovered, and everyone feels free to be themselves. Here, every day is an opportunity for children to grow into curious, confident, and kind individuals. Whether they’re trying something new, working together, or simply enjoying the journey, we help them feel safe to believe in themselves, have fun learning, and feel ready for whatever comes next. It’s a place where anything feels possible, and that’s what makes it so special.

At St Christopher’s, we also believe in the power of working together with parents as partners in their child’s learning journey. We regularly invite parents to engage with the school community

and take part in parent partnership events to give them a sense of our curriculum where they can experience first-hand how their children are learning. This collaboration strengthens the bond between home and school, ensuring that every child feels supported both in and out of the classroom. By fostering this sense of partnership and celebrating every child’s individuality, St Christopher’s creates a nurturing environment where children can thrive and discover their full potential.

St Christopher’s recently announced it was joining St Dunstan’s Education Group, please can you tell us more about this and the benefits to the community?

St Christopher’s joining St Dunstan’s Education Group is such an exciting step for our school community. It’s not about needing to make a change—it’s about making a great school even better and planning for an even brighter future. Both schools share the same values and a commitment to putting children at the heart of everything we do, so this partnership feels like a natural fit. The benefits are huge. By working together, we’ll have access to more expertise, resources, and opportunities, which means an even richer experience for our pupils. This could include new extracurricular activities, enhanced

“St Christopher’s joining St Dunstan’s Education Group is such an exciting step for our school community. It’s not about needing to make a change—it’s about making a great school even better and planning for an even brighter future”

support for every child, and even more investment in facilities and learning experiences. It’s not just about the here and now—it’s about making sure St Christopher’s stays strong and continues to thrive in a changing world. Both schools are in a great place, and teaming up like this means we can build on our strengths and offer even more to our children and families. However, the best part is it is all about helping every child here to grow, explore, and succeed. This partnership is full of exciting possibilities, and we can’t wait to see what the future holds!

How does St Christopher’s The Hall balance academic excellence and the students wellbeing?

Pastoral care is at the heart of everything we do, and we take great pride to have an environment where everyone is welcome, valued, and celebrated. We believe that no child is the same, but everyone is equal, and this underpins our commitment to creating a community where every child feels supported and confident to be themselves. By fostering a positive growth mind-set, we help children believe in their abilities and develop resilience. This approach encourages them to embrace challenges and see mistakes as part of the learning process. We also focus on teaching kindness, empathy, and how to build strong relationships, knowing that these life skills have a lasting impact on their character and their ability to thrive. This commitment to wellbeing directly supports academic excellence. When children feel happy, valued, and safe, they’re more likely to engage fully with their learning. We make sure every child is given the tools, encouragement, and support they need to achieve their potential and aim high. Through tailored teaching, a broad and exciting curriculum, and a nurturing environment,

we create the conditions for every child to excel academically while developing as confident, wellrounded individuals. At St Christopher’s, we’re not simply solely focused on results—we’re focused on the whole child. By balancing academic ambition with exceptional pastoral care, we prepare our pupils not only for their next steps in education but for a happy and successful future.

What do you enjoy most about your role as Head of St Christopher’s?

Being Head of St Christopher’s is, without a doubt, the best job in the world! I’m lucky enough to spend my days surrounded by laughter, curiosity, and the boundless energy of young people. Every day is different, and there’s always something that makes me smile—it’s the best kind of medicine. What I love most is seeing children grow and blossom during their time here. Watching them discover new things, build their confidence, and develop into thoughtful, kind, and resilient individuals is incredibly rewarding. Being part of their journey and knowing that we’re helping them prepare for whatever the future holds is a privilege I don’t take lightly.

THE DETAILS

Find out more about St Christopher’s The Hall at their upcoming open mornings on Thursday 22 May and Monday 23 June 2025. Book at stchristophersthehall.org.uk

Talbot Heath: The Premier Destination for Aspiring Female Swimmers

Talbot Heath School, Bournemouth, is launching the enhanced Talbot Heath School Swimming Club—a major step in providing outstanding opportunities for young female swimmers.

Building on the success of its Tennis and Swimming Academies, Talbot Heath is establishing itself as a Swim England Swimming Club. This move follows a five-year review, allowing the school to tailor its program to fit seamlessly into the school day—offering a top-tier dual school and training environment for both local and boarding pupils.

At the helm is Barry Alldrick, a renowned international coach who has developed elite athletes from grassroots levels. His transition to Head of Swimming at Talbot Heath will revolutionise the school’s approach. Joining him is Jack Phillips, Strength and Conditioning expert from GTC Conditioning, ensuring a holistic athlete development program. Additional physiotherapy support and a second coach will be introduced, creating a performance-driven environment.

Talbot Heath’s ambition goes beyond training— it is committed to tackling the unique challenges female swimmers face. The school will support long-term research into the best strategies for female athlete development, in partnership with Swim England, Aquatics GB, and top female sports figures.

“Talbot Heath’s ambition goes beyond training—it is committed to tackling the unique challenges female swimmers face”

The club will feature four squads: Swim Skills (foundation & enjoyment), Development (training & competition prep), Competition (county level), and Performance (regional to international level). Our on-site boarding house provides a structured environment, ensuring swimmers can balance rigorous training with academic success, offering seamless access to pre- and post-school sessions. Talbot Heath is shaping the future of female swimming. Join them on this journey: talbotheath.org/swimming

ABOUT TALBOT HEATH

Choosing Talbot Heath School means investing in an education that equips girls with confidence, skills, and resilience to succeed in an ever-changing world. With its unique blend of academic excellence, elite sports opportunities, and a nurturing boarding environment, Talbot Heath offers an unparalleled experience for girls to flourish.

Talbot Heath School, Rothesay Road, Talbot Woods, Bournemouth BH4 9NJ

Celebrating 40 years of NumberWorks’nWords

NumberWorks’nWords is excited to celebrate 40 incredible years of making a difference in children’s lives through education! This milestone reflects their dedication to boosting children’s confidence and improving their results. Since opening its doors, NumberWorks’nWords has been committed to providing personalised support and making a lasting impact on children’s learning.

At the Ealing centre, the focus is on maths and English, with tuition specifically tailored to meet the unique needs and learning styles of each student. Ensuring that every child receives the best education possible, helping them build

their confidence while making learning fun and engaging. The welcoming and supportive environment at NumberWorks’nWords in Ealing allows children to thrive and reach their full potential.

The Ealing centre is led by a passionate team of tutors who are committed to helping children succeed. With their expertise and dedication to education, they assess each child’s challenges and setting achievable goals. The tutors at the centre work closely with each student, ensuring that they get the most out of their learning experience.

NumberWorks’nWords in Ealing offers proven tuition methods for children aged 5 to 16, aligned with the school curriculum. Whether a child is struggling with maths or English, a free assessment at NumberWorks’nWords is the perfect place to begin their journey.

Reflecting on its years of success, NumberWorks’nWords is incredibly proud of its students’ achievements and their team’s dedication. The centre remains focused on helping children reach their full potential and succeed in their education. Here’s to many more years of inspiring confidence and fostering a love for learning in the Ealing community!

IN THEIR OWN WORDS, HERE’S WHY STUDENTS LOVE COMING TO NUMBERWORKS’NWORDS EALING.

“It helps me learn to cope I will carry on, I hope now I’m better at my sums. Soon my brain will be bigger than mum’s”

- Isobel, Year 2

“Numberworks has helped me to further develop the desire and strength to persevere and to hone my skills. I’ve learnt to further strengthen my reading skills in English and grow into a better person. Like you said ‘Your children are already amazing. We just help them prove it.”

- Chinonso, Year 11

Tel: 0208 840 8404

Email: ealing@numberworks.com facebook.com/ NumberWorksnWords

Exceptional Pastoral Care and Dyslexia Support Gives Pupils the Freedom to Flourish

Forget ordinary — St David’s College takes education to the next level. Since 1965, this pioneering independent coeducational boarding and day school for ages 9-19 has been crafting a learning experience as individual as its students.

Here, traditional academics meet exciting opportunities in sport, performing arts, design technology, award-winning outdoor education and more. It’s a space where students can explore their passions, uncover hidden talents, and prepare for whatever comes next.

Central to the St. David’s experience is a holistic approach to education; one that values every learner’s potential. Whether students excel academically or face unique challenges, they are supported to thrive in an environment that fosters growth and confidence. The result? Happy, engaged learners who grow into well-rounded young adults.

LEARNING FOR ALL

St David’s is recognised as one of Wales’ leading schools for dyslexia. Teachers here use multi-sensory techniques to create an inclusive, supportive environment with lessons that

align with how pupils with dyslexia, dyspraxia, dyscalculia, and dysgraphia learn best. For example, pupils can use Microsoft Office 365’s Immersive Reader, which reads documents aloud, helping them follow along, grasp key concepts, and develop independent learning skills.

Outside the classroom is the Cadogan Centre, a dedicated space for one-to-one or group lessons with just two to four pupils at a time. With over 500 specialist lessons delivered each week, online or on campus, the centre’s postgraduate-qualified teachers help with various learning challenges, from literacy and maths difficulties to memory, focus, and processing speed issues.

These tailored approaches have a lasting impact. Will Greenhalgh came to St. David’s with the odds stacked against him. “I was told I wouldn’t succeed due to my dyslexia,” he says. “But thanks to the custom learning here, I not only excelled academically but built the confidence I lacked. I took three GCSEs early and scored all 8s, proving to myself that I can achieve anything.”

THE DETAILS

Email admissions@stdavidscollege.co.uk to learn how St David’s College can give your child the freedom to flourish. St David’s College Llandudno, LL30 1RD stdavidscollege.co.uk

Fulham

020 7386 0006 or Shepherds Bush

020 8749 2877 or Hampton

0208 941 7666

BABIES & KIDS

HAPPY BUNNY

This bunny basket is beautifully crafted with close attention to detail - striped floppy ears, an embroidered face, a cute pompom tail and a pink striped drawstring inner. It’s the perfect size for collecting Easter eggs, or carrying essentials in anytime of the year. merimeri.co.uk

I BELIEVE IN FAIRIES

Create an enchanted wonderland for your little one with our fairy garden wallpaper. This vintage inspired pattern features intricately hand-painted, fairies, flowers and foliage. Printed in England onto high-grade non-woven wallpaper. katiehipwell.co.uk

BEST FOOT FORWARD

Handmade from soft leather allowing feet to breathe, with non-slip suede soles. Gently elasticated ankles mean they are easy to put on and stay put without pinching but cannot be pulled off by little hands. The non-constricting nature of the shoes allows babies’ feet to grow naturally. annabeljames.co.uk

BEWARE THE SHARK

Grow your own shark! This giant hatching eggs is magical gift for any children who love sharks. All you need are the egg, some water and a container. rexlondon.com

FRUITY FRIENDS

Featuring a strawberry, a lemon and a peach, our charming fruit friends are here to keep little ones entertained. Each one is made from super-soft velboa – a short-pile faux fur – with an embroidered smile on their face. Plus, they come in a grocery bag so they can be easily carried around.

thewhitecompany.com/uk

Family-friendly Community Easter Eggstravaganza at Castle Square this Good Friday

Castle Square is hosting the ultimate Community Easter Eggstravaganza on Friday 18th April from 11 am to 5 pm at 40 Elephant Road, London, SE17 1EU to celebrate the spring season. This familyfriendly event promises a day filled with fun, laughter, and activities for attendees of all ages to enjoy the occasion.

Designed to bring the community and local businesses together; visitors can look forward to free activities throughout the day, including colourful face painting, captivating storytelling by the Easter Wizard, and exciting high-energy dance performances from Talentos Dance School with their “The Magic of Spring” show. As well as performances from USDD kids - a disciplined collective of dynamic dancers who will be breaking, popping and Hip Hopping to Afro-Dance and House.

Providing entertainment for children and adults alike, families can top off their participation in the festivities

by engaging with interactive dance workshops and playing exciting games to win prizes from Castle Square traders.

Whether you want to get your face painted with adorable Easter designs, listen to enticing magical stories with kids, or dance along to energetic performances with an awesome dance number, there is something for everyone to enjoy at this Community Easter Eggstravaganza.

Don’t miss this free and fun-filled celebration for the Elephant and Castle community – mark your calendar for Friday 18th April and bring your friends and family to Castle Square for an eggciting day of Easter festivities!

Castle Square, located in the heart of Elephant and Castle, will transform into a vibrant Easter hub filled with colour, creativity, and community spirit. Attendees will also have the opportunity to explore local businesses.

For the latest updates and more information, follow @castlesquarelondon on Instagram and Castle Square London on Facebook.

ABOUT CASTLE SQUARE:

Castle Square is a new addition to Elephant and Castle, creating the perfect gateway into Elephant Park and is home to an eclectic mix of local independent traders. It represents the heart of a wider retail and leisure offer which includes Ash Avenue and Elephant Central. It’s home to fashion, textiles, electrical products and services and some of the most delicious cafés and restaurants available locally. Easily accessible, Castle Square is located just 5 minutes’ walk from Elephant and Castle tube station and directly opposite Elephant and Castle train station and adjacent to the Sainsbury’s store at 50 New Kent Road.

For more information, please visit: castlesquarelondon.com and Instagram @castlesquarelondon

3 WISHES FAIRY FESTIVAL

The award winning unique boutique 3 Wishes Fairy Festival is returning to Garslade Farm (just outside of Glastonbury Town) from 1st to 3rd August.

This family friendly gathering is the metaphorical baby of Fairy Whisperer, Karen Kay, who founded the magical event back in 2007.

With something for everyone, there’s live music, and more than a hundred free activities, talks and workshops, all included in the ticket price. Plus under seven years go free.

You’ll meet magical mermaids, bubble fairies, stilt walking pixies and so much more. It’s like a real-life fairyland!

With camping and glamping facilities within walking distance, or B&B’s and hotels close by, you can immerse yourself as much as you wish to partake in the experience.

Garslade Farm, Rodney, Wells, Nr Glastonbury, visit fairyfestival.co.uk for further information and tickets.

baby swimming classes in lovely pools in London and Surrey

FERNWOOD KIDS seamlessly merges the luxury of upcycled cashmere & linen with the joy of childhood, offering sustainable, eco-friendly fashion for mindful parents and children. They create timeless, elegant, one-of-a-kind pieces that reflect their commitment to comfort, style, and a better planet.

FERNWOOD KIDS CUSTOM CLOTHES ARE THE PERFECT GIFT

www.fernwoodkids.com

@fernwood.designer

A magical place to grow….stylish sleeping for your little one.

Discover the charm of Scandinavian design with our exquisite collection of eco-friendly Children’s Beds and Nursery Furniture.

Children’s Beds including Bunk Beds, Themed Beds and Treehouse Beds, Mattresses Cots, Cot Beds, Wardrobes, Dressers

Assembly Service & Gift Cards Available Sweet Dreams start with the perfect bed in a haven of tranquillity, comfort, and style.

To view our full collection, visit www.jojobeds.co.uk

Email: hello@jojobeds.co.uk

Tel: 0208 016 4191

Where quality, design, and sustainability come together…

ELEVATED DREAMS FOR THE MOST DISCERNING LITTLE SLEEPERS

JoJoBeds is London’s go-to destination for luxury children’s beds, nursery furniture, and timeless bedroom décor. With a deep-rooted commitment to sustainability, JoJoBeds collaborates with some of the most respected names in children’s furniture, including Oliver Furniture, Mathy By Bols, and the truly exceptional LIFETIME Kidsrooms. Each brand is carefully selected for its high standards in quality, safety, and environmental responsibility—ensuring that every piece is as practical as it is beautiful.

Angie, the founder of JoJoBeds and a mum herself, knows how important it is to create a safe, stylish, and sustainable space for growing families. “We’re here to give parents peace of mind— knowing their children are resting in well-crafted, responsibly made furniture that’s designed to last.”

From the nursery to the ‘big kid’ transition, JoJoBeds constantly refreshes its collections with new designs from leading manufacturers around Europe. Whether you’re setting up a calming space for a newborn or designing a bedroom full of wonder for an imaginative child, JoJoBeds offers an inspired selection of luxury furniture to bring your vision to life. Their range includes classic junior beds alongside playful creations such

as treehouse beds, teepee tents, themed bunks, and creative sleep stations that turn bedtime into something magical.

Specialising in beautifully made, designer children’s furniture, JoJoBeds showcases a carefully curated selection of handcrafted and bespoke pieces. Every item is chosen for its ability to combine function, safety, and durability—while also fitting effortlessly into modern interiors. These aren’t just beds—they’re statement pieces that elevate your child’s space while meeting the practical needs of everyday family life.

And to make the entire experience even more seamless, JoJoBeds is proud to offer free professional installation on selected brands— including Oliver Furniture, Mathy By Bols, and LIFETIME Kidsrooms. This exclusive service ensures your new furniture is expertly assembled by a team of trained professionals, so you can skip the stress of unpacking, heavy lifting, and complicated instructions.

The JoJoBeds installation team is efficient, discreet, and detail-focused—ensuring each item is set up with precision and care. For families juggling busy schedules, this free service is a thoughtful touch that makes transforming your child’s room easy and hassle-free. It’s all about helping you create a polished, finished space your little ones can enjoy right away.

Thoughtfully designed with modern families in mind, the JoJoBeds collection includes everything from space-saving bunk beds to convertible cots that grow with your child. There are also daybeds, mid-sleepers, loft beds, and beautifully built desks, dressers, and wardrobes to complete the look. Their handpicked range of wooden toys adds

CUSTOMER REVIEW

“Lovely bed. Easy to order and delivered earlier than expected”

– Bernie S, Verified Buyer

To explore their full collection, visit jojobeds.co.uk

Email: hello@jojobeds.co.uk

Tel: 0208 016 4191

another layer of charm—offering heirloom-quality playthings that will be treasured for years.

If you’re preparing for a new arrival or looking to update your child’s current space, the JoJoBeds website is full of inspiration. You’ll find timeless Scandinavian styles, clever storage solutions, and versatile designs that cater to every taste—whether you’re drawn to minimalist neutrals or playful, themed pieces. From essential mattresses to coordinating accessories, JoJoBeds has everything you need to build a space where your child can play, dream, and grow.

At JoJoBeds, the goal is simple: to make the process of choosing and installing children’s furniture easy, inspiring, and entirely stress-free. With a focus on thoughtful design, exceptional service, and long-lasting quality, JoJoBeds is here to help you create something truly special.

Tiny Feet, Big Dreams.

The Royal Parks Shop: Feel-Good Shopping, Now Online

Love London’s royal parks? Now you can shop with purpose and support them from anywhere.

Since 2023, Hyde Park has been home to a hidden gem – The Royal Parks shop in the Boathouse by The Serpentine. A beautifully curated space, it’s filled with unique gifts,

THE DETAILS

Head to shop.royalparks.org.uk and start shopping for a great cause today.

To learn more about The Royal Parks, visit royalparks.org.uk.

homeware, books, toys, and more – all with a friendly team ready to help.

But now, the secret’s out- The Royal Parks official shop is online, bringing the magic of the parks to you.

shop.royalparks.org.uk is brimming with handpicked gifts and treats from independent and UK businesses with strong sustainability credentials. Every purchase supports The Royal Parks charity— helping to preserve these incredible spaces while also championing small, ethical businesses.

WHAT’S INSIDE?

Image © The Royal Parks

Trending: Easter Plush Toys

Discover our adorable collection of easter plush toys - the perfect alternative to chocolate eggs!

Choose from an enchanting selection that includes adorable baby bunnies, vibrant fluffy chicks, playful lambs, and sweet snuffling pigs—perfect for every animal lover. Our delightful Easter animals not only spark curiosity about the wonders of wildlife in our countryside but also make exceptional indoor companions on those rainy spring days.

Our cute mini Little Living Nature Play farm dress-up wholesale toy plush collection features four designs - dress-up cow, dress-up pig, dress-up chick and dress-up bunny mini teddies - pick your favourite or collect them all!

Priced perfectly for a pocket money purchase these tiny plushies are super cuddly and too cute to resist. These little farm dress-up teddies are designed with removable hoods for developing hand-eye coordination and pretend-play skills.

One of our best-selling gifts for children and

adults alike, this wholesale fluffy bunny soft toy has been crafted to give the most premium of hugs. Designed to look just like a real pet rabbit, this bunny teddy wholesale, has premium fabrics and super soft stuffing making it irresistible to hug.

gb.keycraftglobal.com

“These little farm dress-up teddies are designed with removable hoods for developing hand-eye coordination and pretend-play skills”

Protecting your baby’s future health with stem cell banking

When you found out you were expecting them, giving your baby the best start will have been your top priority. One of the most forward-thinking decisions for their health is storing your baby’s umbilical cord stem cells. These precious cord blood and tissue stem cells can potentially treat a wide range of medical conditions, offering peace of mind for the future.

Expectant families across London can privately store their baby’s stem cells, whether giving birth at an NHS or private hospital.

Why Store Your Baby’s Stem Cells?

Stem cells from umbilical cord blood and tissue have unique regenerative properties. Cord blood stem cells can treat over 80 conditions, including blood disorders, immune deficiencies, and even some types of cancer and tumours. Medical research continues to explore new therapies using stem cells, increasing their potential applications in the future.

The stem cells are a perfect genetic match for your child. They may also be a suitable match for siblings or other family members, making this a valuable investment in your family’s health.

Collecting your baby’s stem cells

Stem cell banking is available for all birth types and compatible with delayed cord clamping.

Future Health Biobank specialises in the safe collection and storage of stem cells, working with both NHS and private hospitals throughout London. Providing a seamless service at the

hospital of your choice ensures your baby’s valuable stem cells are preserved for future use.

Shortly after birth, a phlebotomist will collect your baby’s cord blood and tissue using a specially developed collection kit, which Future Health’s dedicated in-house courier will return to the laboratory for processing and long-term storage.

Trusted by families

With over 20 years of experience, Future Health Biobank is a leading stem cell bank. Fully accredited and trusted by thousands of families worldwide. The dedicated team ensures the highest standards in collection, processing, and long-term storage, giving you confidence in the safety and security of your baby’s stem cells.

Investing in your baby’s future health has never been easier. To learn more about how stem cell banking can benefit your family, contact Future Health Biobank today.

Already a parent and missed the opportunity to store stem cells for your baby? Find out about our tooth stem cell service.

To save 10%* on storing your baby’s umbilical cord stem cells

Call: 0115 967 7707

Email: custcare@fhbb.com

Visit: futurehealthbiobank.com

Instagram icon@futurehealthbiobank *T&Cs apply, ends 30 Jun 2025

Summer Camps in Bruton

Adigital Detox, no phones or electronic devices for a whole week and getting back to basics of having fun, meeting new friends, lots of activities are just a few of the perks of going on a Summer Camp.

Mill on the Brue truly does have the answer when the long Summer holidays start.

Summer Camps are great for getting out into the great outdoors, children will have adventure, excitement, physical activity, build resilience, introduce a range of coping strategies and help them understand manageable risks.

We are a family run centre, open since 1982. Set in a beautiful valley with 25 acres of woods, river, meadows and fields. There are over 40 activities for all ages.

Mill on the Brue runs 6 weeks of residential courses beginning on Sunday 13th July. We believe in keeping the children busy throughout the day, outdoors whatever the weather, in the fresh air. Meals are also very important, all homecooked, sustainably sourced, with fruit and vegetables

grown in their kitchen garden.

Each week there are 72 children (8-15 years old); two experienced and fun Instructors look after them all week. Parents are often surprised at the change they see in their child, more independent, more thoughtful and more confident.

millonthebrue.co.uk

TREASURE FOREVER….

Imagine your newborn baby’s tiny hands and feet preserved forever, your fingers entwined on your wedding day, or even your furry friend’s paw print turned into a work of art. Wrightson and Platt bring these moments to life as pieces of sculpture, wall art and stunning jewellery.

Over the past 20 years, the London-based lifecasting specialists have built a reputation and loyal following due to the amazing craftsmanship and attention to detail captured in their wide range of beautiful designs.

The process starts with a casting appointment in the family home or maternity ward. Here, the moulds are made using skin-safe dental alginate which captures incredibly fine skin detail. The moulds are then taken back to the company’s studio in southeast London where the master casts are poured in high quality plaster. From just one set of casts, their customers can then order from a wide range of designs.

As Managing Director Alison Martin explains: “Unlike other life-casting companies, we keep the master casts in our archive for up to 10 years. This means our customers can come back and order surprise gifts or sibling designs when a new baby arrives.”

Their long-established partnership with London’s Portland Hospital has introduced the company to a whole host of household names

including royalty and A-list celebrities, but they won’t be naming any names; discretion is vital to their reputation, as Alison explains: “There’s always huge interest when the rich and famous have a new baby. We feel incredibly privileged to be invited into any family’s home at such a magical time and would never betray that trust, no matter who the client is!”

However, some customers are very happy to talk about the experience: “The whole casting experience in my room at The Portland was a very happy one” says Tamara Beckwith “but nothing prepared me for the joy at receiving my baby’s bronze 2-day old feet. All these years later, I still marvel at all the little creases and how small she was. Just holding them in my hands takes me back to a wonderfully happy, special time.”

“Unlike other lifecasting companies, we keep the master casts in our archive for up to 10 years. This means our customers can come back and order surprise gifts or sibling designs when a new baby arrives”

To book a casting , visit wrightsonandplatt.com

Tel: 0207 639 9085

Email: info@wrightsonandplatt.com

LEGOLAND WINDSOR RESORT

MORE OF LONDON’S ICONIC BUILDINGS REIMAGINED IN LEGO® BRICKS AND

MORTAR

It’s London calling for talented model makers at the LEGOLAND® Windsor Resort who have raised the roof by reimagining some of the city’s most iconic buildings brick by brick.

Over two million LEGO® bricks have been used to build seven architectural gems as part of an awesome makeover of the Resort’s Miniland London display. Look out for famous London landmarks including Big Ben, The London Eye

and Buckingham Palace. The LEGO model of Big Ben was the first to be placed in Miniland. The smallest models are the pigeons in London’s Trafalgar Square, which contain just 5 LEGO bricks each!

The awe-inspiring new display of London’s city skyline took model makers 10,800 hours to create and features seven new buildings including City Hall, 30 St Mary Axe (The Gherkin), 122 Leadenhall Street (The Cheese Grater) and One

Canada Square, which pips The Cheese Grater to the prize of being the tallest model on display at 5.5 meters high. If laid on its side, it would be half as long as a London bus!

The permanent new display is available for families to experience when they visit the Park this spring. It also features 25 animated houseboat and boat models, as well as 174 vehicles such as buses, taxis and trains to bring the hustle and bustle of the city to life. LEGO buffs with a keen eye will also be able to spot some new colour bricks used for the first time including reddish orange and vibrant yellows.

To mark the attraction’s makeover, the LEGOLAND Windsor Resort is calling all young builders and LEGO® enthusiasts to take part in a nationwide competition to become its first Mayor of Miniland. Aspiring model makers aged 5 - 12 are being asked to submit ideas on what they would add, design or change to the Miniland London scene with their winning design brought to life as a LEGO® model to go on display during the school summer holidays. For more information on the competition visit https://www.legoland. co.uk/mini-mayor-of-miniland-competition-2025/.

Day tickets to the LEGOLAND Windsor Resort start at £29pp and must be pre-booked online at www.legoland.co.uk.

Children under 0.9 metres get free entry to LEGOLAND. Please visit the website for more information.

Want more? then extend the fun with 3 Resort Hotels to choose from! you can choose your

adventure and experience the ultimate family staycation where imaginations have no bedtime.

LEGOLAND® SHORT BREAKS

PACKAGES CAN INCLUDE:

• Overnight hotel stay in a LEGO-themed room

• 1-day entry to Theme Park

• Early Park Access* on a selection of rides including Flight of the Sky Lion

• A LEGO Gift for every child

• A delicious breakfast in the morning

Evening entertainment

• Free parking and Wi-Fi

For more details visit legoland.co.uk

ABOUT LEGOLAND

Which child does not dream of becoming a knight, an explorer, a test driver or a pilot and entering into a fascinating world of adventure? At the LEGOLAND® Windsor Resort, children can look for adventure and fly through the treetops to escape fearsome dragons, join LEGO® divers on a magical underwater adventure and so much more.

The LEGOLAND® Windsor Resort is a unique family theme park where children aged 2 -12 can take to the road, soar through the skies, and sail the seas in complete safety. It has interactive rides, attractions, live shows, building workshops and driving schools, not to mention a staggering 80 million LEGO® bricks, all set in 150 acres of beautiful parkland.

LEGOLAND® Windsor Resort, Winkfield Road, Windsor, Berkshire, SL4 4AY.

THE PRESSURES OF MODERN LIFE

When does Stress become an Illness?

Dr Angela Rai MBBS, BSc, MRCGP, DCH, DRCOG, Dip Cardiology Medicines

Management Lead Dr Rai from The London General Practice discusses the effects of stress on the body and how this can become a problematic condition.

We all know the feeling, be it at work or at home; there’s just not enough time, and too much to do. Demanding deadlines in an unforgiving world where we’re always contactable and everyone expects an immediate response.

Stress affects us all; a little pressure can be good, making us more alert and responsive, but too much leads to declining performance, fatigue and potentially an inability to function.

Dr Rai who specialises in Anxiety and Stress Management at The London General Practice presents regularly on the topic to individuals, corporations and businesses.

“In some respects, stress and anxiety are subjective measures and the outcome is dependent on several factors including the subjects own personal resilience. However, what we do know is that there are strong physiological links between stress, anxiety, and an individual’s ability to function correctly.

It’s important to realise that there are direct links between stress (which can feel like an intangible concept) and our medical health and wellbeing, resulting in real discernible changes to how we perform.

We also know that there are several factors which may make a person more susceptible to becoming severely impacted by stress or anxiety. These include their lifestyle, sleep patterns, alcohol, workload, underlying physical health as well as genetic or hereditary pre-dispositions.

Through our work with patients and organisations we provide consultations including screens for underlying medical issues, as well as give practical advice on relaxation, exercise, nutrition and sleep. There are also medical interventions which can be appropriate in some instances.”

Dr Rai also advocates thinking of our personal ‘resilience’ as a fixed resource. We may feel that the best way to deal with a stressful day is to hit the gym, or go for a run – ‘burning off the tensions of the day’. However, if our reserves are already depleted as a result of prolonged stress then moderate or light exercise may be more beneficial,

aiding recovery and guarding against further illness or injury.

Whilst this is a complex area there is a lot that can be done to help identify the issues and proactively implement changes in order to reduce the consequences of stress.

The London General Practice provides a wide range of Private Medical Services including helping individuals and organisations understand and deal with stress. If you would like to contact the Practice please telephone 020 7935 1000

THE DETAILS

The London General Practice 114a Harley Street, London W1G 7JL

Tel: 0207 935 1000

Direct access to a private GP, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

Visiting Doctor to your home, hotel or place of work

THE FERTILITY CENTRE

Formerly the Assisted Conception Unit, The Fertility Centre is a longstanding centre of excellence for fertility treatment and care at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital. In 2021 they enlarged the Centre with a new satellite service at West Middlesex University Hospital, extending patient care and convenient access across West London.

The Centre provides a broad and comprehensive range of fertility services to their patients –including IVF, ICSI and IUI – but their areas of particular expertise, include the management of women and couples over the age of 40, premature ovarian ageing or low ovarian reserve, and male or sperm-related infertility issues.

Notwithstanding their expertise in these complex fields, The Fertility Centre continues to perform very well in its success rates. They hold one of the highest clinical pregnancy rates amongst NHS hospitals in the UK (please visit hfea.gov.uk for further information) and welcome NHS-funded patients and those seeking to selffund their care and treatment.

As well as treatment for those trying to conceive now, The Fertility Centre offer services for those who are considering their ability to conceive in the future. Fertility preservation through egg or embryo freezing is becoming increasingly popular and they can provide these services through their dedicated Fertility Preservation programme.

There are a number of reasons why you may wish to preserve your fertility:

• For social reasons

• Preparing to transition

• Ahead of treatment for cancer such as chemoor radiotherapy

• If you have been diagnosed with gynaecological conditions, such as endometriosis or ovarian cysts

If you are thinking about your fertility health for future years, they also provide a range of fertility assessments - with packages for individuals as well as couples. Alongside tests and assessments, expert clinicians can explain your results and advise you accordingly.

In addition to their clinical expertise and range of treatment options, The Fertility Centre understands the inevitable stress and anxiety of fertility treatment. They are committed to supporting you every step of the way throughout your treatment. This includes sessions with their British Infertility Counselling Association and UK Council for Psychotherapy accredited counsellors.

THE DETAILS

The Fertility Centre team is always happy to support you and answer any questions. If you want to learn more or are ready to start your fertility journey, please contact them on 020 3315 8585 or email chelwest.acu@nhs.net. chelwestprivatecare.co.uk/ fertility-centre

The Kensington Wing

The Kensington Wing is the dedicated private maternity unit at Chelsea and Westminster Hospital, providing women and birthing people with around-the-clock clinical care, comfortable en-suite private rooms and hospitality services.

Located in the heart of Chelsea and Westminster Hospital – part of one of the UK’s top rated hospital Trusts – your baby’s and your safety and wellbeing are reassuringly supported at all times. The Kensington Wing is immediately located next to the hospital’s outstanding and newly expanded Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (NICU) and a consultant anaesthetist remains on site at all times 24/7, dedicated to the needs of our patients.

To ensure the safety of women, birthing people and birth partners, The Kensington Wing has important infection control procedures for staff and visitors to adhere to but remain welcoming to your chosen birth partner for all stages of your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay. Your individual room and en-suite facilities are a haven, and the catering and hospitality team ensures your stay is relaxing as well as safe. On the Kensington Wing the consultant obstetricians, midwives, nurses and maternity support workers provide care as a team and are delighted to offer both consultant-led and midwife-led maternity packages.

THE DETAILS

If you would like to talk to one of the team, call 020 3315 8616, email chelwest.kensington@nhs.net or visit thekensingtonwing.co.uk

The Kensington Wing’s highly experienced team of midwives welcome enquiries and the opportunity to discuss midwife-led care in more detail. These ‘meet the midwife’ sessions are always a relaxed and special time to talk and discover more without any obligation. For those women and birthing people who are appropriate for midwife-led care, the team provide full support throughout your pregnancy and the midwifery team are available 24 hours seven days a week for advice or concerns throughout your pregnancy, birth and postnatal stay.

The consultant-led care package allows you the choice of one of their experienced consultant obstetricians to personally guide you through your pregnancy and birth. Your consultant provides continuity and individualised expertise throughout your journey. They build a relationship with you and your partner through the antenatal period to give you confidence to birth safely with them in line with your birth preferences. They continue to support you through the postnatal period, including your 6 week postnatal check. All consultants are available to meet you and your birth partner without any obligation.

The Kensington Wing enquiry team are always happy to support with these arrangements and answer any questions.

WHY IRON DEFICIENCY MATTERS FOR WOMEN: OPTIMIZING HEALTH WITH EFFECT

Iron is a fundamental mineral for overall health, particularly for women who experience menstruation, pregnancy, or other factors that can deplete iron stores. Despite being told their iron levels are “normal,” many women still experience symptoms of iron deficiency. The difference between “normal” and “optimal” iron levels is crucial in determining overall well-being. Effect Doctors provide expert assessment and treatment options to help women restore their iron levels safely and effectively. Understanding Iron Levels: Normal vs. Optimal

Iron levels are measured through ferritin, indicating stored iron in the body. Standard lab ranges classify 15-150 ng/ mL as normal, evidence suggests optimal levels of 70-100 ng/mL for peak energy, cognitive function, and well-being. The National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) defines iron deficiency as ferritin below 30 ng/mL, but many women with higher levels still experience symptoms.

For example, a woman with 20 ng/mL ferritin may be considered “normal” but could suffer from fatigue, hair loss, and poor concentration. Achieving optimal iron levels rather than settling for “normal” can lead to dramatic improvements in energy and overall health.

Symptoms of Low Iron in Women

Even within “normal” range, iron deficiency can cause:

• Fatigue & Weakness

• Hair Thinning & Loss Pale Skin & Shortness of Breath

• Dizziness & Headaches

• Cold Hands & Feet

• Restless Legs Syndrome & Heart Palpitations.

DOCTORS

Achieving Optimal Iron Levels

Iron comes from two dietary sources:

• Heme iron (easily absorbed): In red meat, liver, and poultry.

• Non-heme iron (less absorbable): In spinach, beans, and fortified cereals. Pairing with vitamin C enhances absorption, while calcium and tannins (tea, coffee) inhibit it.

Oral Iron Supplementation

For mild deficiency, oral iron supplements can help. However, some women experience nausea, constipation, or stomach pain, making supplementation challenging.

IV Iron Infusions: A Faster Solution

For severe deficiency or poor absorption, IV iron infusions provide rapid relief. Bypassing the digestive tract allows faster absorption and symptom improvement. IV iron benefits women with:

• Severe anemia (Hb < 10 g/dL, ferritin < 30 ng/mL).

• Malabsorption issues (celiac, Crohn’s disease).

• Heavy menstrual bleeding leading to chronic depletion.

• Persistent symptoms as described above.

Why Choose Effect Doctors?

Many healthcare providers hesitate to administer IV iron unless a patient has severe anemia. NICE guidelines often restrict iron infusions to only the most critically deficient, largely due to cost constraints. Effect Doctors take a proactive, patient-centered approach, ensuring women achieve optimal—not just borderline—iron levels.

With advanced testing, tailored treatment plans, and a safe clinical setting, Effect Doctors provides IV iron infusions with expert monitoring. Their goal is to restore energy, focus, and vitality so women can feel their best.

Conclusion

Iron deficiency is often overlooked, leaving many women suffering despite “normal” lab results. Understanding the difference between normal and optimal iron levels is crucial for long-term health. Whether through diet, supplementation, or IV therapy, restoring iron levels can improve energy, cognitive function, and quality of life. If you suspect low iron, Effect Doctors can provide expert assessment and targeted treatment. Take the first step toward optimal health today.

Or email us at

Call us now at 0207 305 7608

KEEPING YOU HEALTHY AND OPTIMISING YOUR WELLBEING

Since 2017 Effect Doctors have been delivering personalised, proactive healthcare solutions across London. Founded by two Consultant Anaesthetists and supported by a team of highly experienced nurses, Effect Doctors is one of the best known providers of IV (intravenous) therapies in London. Our focus is on delivering innovative and effective treatments for the individual.

Tailored healthcare designed to enhance your vitality and well being. Book us to come to your home, hotel or workplace, or visit us at our clinic in London’s Soho. Seven days a week and every evening, we always have appointments available on the day.

FASHION & BEAUTY

GONE FISHING

(Left) Quality & traditional fisherman’s smock in durable cotton canvas. Designed in France, pictured here in navy blue but also available in red brick. Ideal for sailing, fishing, gardening and much liked by artists too. (Right) Canvas fisherman’s hat in navy blue colour, suitable for men and women, with velcro adjustable tab at the back. Stocked in over 10 other colours. thenauticalcompany.com

EYE TO EYE

Charly Therapy love vintage fashion as much as you do. But not only that, we give a twist to the iconic designs of fashion to offer you the most original sunglasses. In our online store you can find a wide variety of glasses, not only sunglasses but also reading glasses. charlytherapy.com

SQUEAKY CLEAN

Discover Sannox, Scotland’s first, premium men’s fragrance collection. Crafted with Scottish ingredients native to the Isle of Arran, and blended with unfiltered, mineral-rich local water. Wherever your adventure takes you, our Sannox Mens Wash Bag is perfect for carrying all your ARRAN essentials along the way. This expertly crafted Mens Wash Bag contains a full-sized Bath & Shower Gel, After Shave Balm, Shave Cream and Soap in our premium Sannox fragrance. arran.com

FLORAL FANCY

This Edwardian floral brooch adorned with blue enamel and diamonds makes for a refined and heartfelt gift, suitable for a range of special occasions. Its intricate floral design symbolizes natural beauty, renewal, and timeless elegance, making it a remarkable choice for milestone anniversaries that honour lasting love. acsilver.co.uk/shop

SUPER STRIPES

TBCo triangles scarves are the perfect finishing touch, and one of our best-selling items. Easily add interest and elevate your outfit with this two-toned triangle scarf that features a classic black and cream stripe along with an embroidered TBCo logo. It’s knitted from soft and warm merino wool, and can be tied in multiple ways for endless styling options. tartanblanketco.com

British designers re-imagined florals, androgynous silhouettes and showcased contemporary takes on traditional femininity.

Here are five London Fashion Week trends we might all be wearing this year.

PILLBOX HATS

Emilia Wickstead’s 1960s collection inspired by Alfred Hitchcock’s film, The Birds (1963), brought back an accessory that has already been slowly creeping onto the fashion scene since Copenhagen Fashion Week.

That is, of course, the pillbox hat.

Beginning as a form of military headgear, the pillbox hat was popularised by U.S. first lady Jacqueline Kennedy, who was famed for her signature block-colour hats that matched her outfits.

Kennedy was wearing a pink pillbox hat to match her Chanel suit on the day her husband, President John F. Kennedy, was assassinated in Dallas, Texas in 1963.

While multiple retro tropes graced the

Upcoming trends from London Fashion Week

From retro motifs to modern twists: London Fashion Week provided a smorgasbord of style inspiration for 2025.

By Lara Owen

runway this season – from Burberry’s Eighties blouson bomber jackets to Chet Lo’s Noughties hair crimping –the most memorable fashion motif was certainly the revival of the pillbox hat.

EIGHTIES’ SILHOUETTES

Broad shoulders, bold prints, nipped-in waists and quaffed hair dominated the runway this season.

From Richard Quinn’s blouson blouses to Paul Costelloe’s full-waisted belts and S.S. Daley’s quaffed hair –it seems the 1980s is making a comeback in one way or another.

Many collections looked to archetypes of British pop culture this season, taking inspiration from musicians such

as The Smiths and Siouxsie Sioux.

“This season, we started with a desire to investigate the archetypes that carved out the idea of a very British wardrobe,” designer Steven Stokey-Daley told Vogue, “so taking the donkey jacket or the duffle coat or the trench coat and creating our very core everyday version of those.”

BOOKS AS ACCESSORIES

As observed at Erdem and JW Anderson’s collections last September, designers once again proved that books are the most sophisticated accessory.

Emilia Wickstead’s autumn/winter 2025 collection featured retro newspapers as clutches, which is a new take on the modern paperback as an outfit accompaniment.

Books and literature is increasingly playing a starring role in fashion discourse, as more celebrities are meaningfully photographed with their current reads as a status symbol and a small window into their personal interests.

At the spring/summer 2025 London Fashion Week, designer Erdem Moralioglu looked to book The Well Of Loneliness, a lesbian novel published in 1928 which was swiftly banned in England for the next two decades.

He used it as inspiration for his clothes that featured impeccable masculine tailoring of the 1920s, combined with the designer’s signature

ultra-feminine dresses.

It seems we may be swapping out our totes for book bags this coming season.

FAUX-FUR ACCENTS

Simone Rocha and Burberry were among the designers showcasing faux fur accents this season. While the ‘mob wife’ aesthetic brought back the extravagant fur coat last year, subtler trims were observed on this season’s runway, with lined leather jackets and faux fur stoles.

At Simone Rocha’s show, the Irish designer presented faux-fur coats sliced to ribbons halfway up from their hemlines – a gesture repeated across the collection.

Perhaps we’ll see deconstructed fur cropping up on the high street later this year.

CROPPED TROUSERS

Culottes, cropped trousers and breeches were another key trend spotted on the runways of Chet Lo, Bora Aksu and Conner Ives.

While Chloe’s spring/summer 2025 runway took the fashion world by storm with her boho lace pantaloons, it seems the cropped trouser trend isn’t just for summer.

Wool breeches, billowing culottes and crops graced both the runways and front rows this season.

Often paired with high riding boots – another trend that has permeated from last season – this season’s baggy cropped trousers evoked a blend of old-school country shooting attire and Noughties capri pants.

Duran Duran launch their own unisex perfume

British pop band Duran Duran are launching a unisex fragrance, created in collaboration with Italian luxury perfume house, Xerjoff.

The ‘Hungry Like The Wolf’ artists have created two scents, named Black Moonlight and NeoRio (a nod to the band’s seventh hit single, ‘Rio’) inspired by style and sensuality.

“As a band, we have always been interested in arousing people’s senses, primarily through sound and vision,” explains Duran Duran’s founding member and keyboardist, Nick Rhodes.

“The notion of engaging an additional sense in our universe was hugely appealing.”

Duran Duran shot to prominence with their pop hit ‘Girls on Film’ in 1981, which was launched alongside an innovative but controversial music video, cementing the Birmingham-born band as founding fathers of the ‘New Romantics.’

With eight lifetime achievement awards, a James Bond theme song and a performance at both Queen Elizabeth II’s Platinum Jubilee and the 2012 Olympics – the band have become emblematic of English culture.

“Duran Duran have shaped music and style for over four decades, making them the perfect partners for not just one, but two [scents],” explains Xerjoff’s founder, Sergio Momo.

“Collaborating with the band members on

Ever wondered what Duran Duran smell like? The Eighties pop band have created a fragrance so you can find out…

By Lara Owen

every detail of this project has been a very special experience.”

Their scent NeoRio is inspired by past, present and future, as the band set out to create a fragrance as ‘magnetic and unpredictable’ as themselves.

Infused with notes of candied fig and rum, with the fiery warmth of saffron and rose oil, all anchored by the rich scent of Tonka bean.

Black Moonlight on the other hand is inspired by the band’s so-called ‘darker side’. Said to be an homage to some of the eerie and mysterious subjects the band explore in their music and videos.

This fragrance combines the freshness of mandarin, saffron, lavender, sambac jasmine and hazelnut, grounded by the base notes of patchouli, vetiver and tonka bean to create a rich and more seductive scent.

Both bottles feature singer Simon Le Bon’s handwritten signature of the scent.

“During the creation of these perfumes, we realised we were striving to achieve similar criteria as we do when writing songs,” says Rhodes, “ultimately aiming for something seductive, unique and irresistible.”

Both scents are available to buy now worldwide at xerjoff.com

“Their scent NeoRio is inspired by past, present and future, as the band set out to create a fragrance as ‘magnetic and unpredictable’ as themselves”

“I mean every word, every choice and every ingredient.” For 27 years, Sarah Choi has been dedicated to skincare that is intentional, real and transformative. This passion for excellence birthed IMEAN - to lead you skincare that is authentic, simple and impactful!

The first two creations - Multivitamin Peptide Ampoule & Restorative Peptide Cream- infused with German vegan collagen peptide, are designed with the purpose to bring balance, rejuvenation and high-performance results.

Sarah desires to embark on an exquisite journey of a minimalist skincare routine that never compromises on highperformance ingredients and honest quality.

We are worthy, truthful and powerful. Let’s dream together!

Formulated to European stability standards Strategically clean beauty

Established in Atlanta, Bless Atlanta stands at the vanguard of contemporary luxury, masterfully blending refined aesthetics with cultural authenticity. Featuring impeccably crafted pieces that unite upscale sophistication with urban edge, this game-changing brand offers an array of premium essentials complemented by coveted limited releases. Each collection embodies the evolution of modern American luxury, where meticulous attention to detail meets bold, innovative design.

blessatlanta.com and follow on IG @blessatlanta.

Model: @kickasskatrina.

THE BEST WAYS TO STYLE STRIPES THIS SEASON

Tried-and-true outfit formulas to elevate stripes this spring… By Lara Owen

As the ‘fisherman aesthetic’ was predicted to be one of 2025’s biggest trends, styling stripes is set to take a new approach this season. With spring’s unpredictable weather, sticking to a tried-and-true formula becomes routine.

But having a formula doesn’t mean boring. Whether you’re sporting navy-and-white-striped Breton tees or taking inspiration from Gucci’s sorbet-coloured cardigans, fashion experts go through the best way to style stripes this season.

Invest in the staples

neck, barrel jeans and shades – or opt for a more preppy and polished look with a buttoned cardigan and pleated skirt.

Pair with denim

There’s no greater match than stripes and denim, but this doesn’t mean navy white and blue.

Colourful stripes with ecru jeans –or muted stripes with khaki denim are great ways to mix print and texture.

While some striped trends come and go, investing in staple stripes is essential for elevating your outfits year after year. The classic navy and white combo is sported time and again by the likes of Sienna Miller and the Princess of Wales. While a slim fit is timeless, more oversized styles are in this season, thanks to the ‘fisherman aesthetic’.

“This influence of ‘fisherman style’ means stripes are less polished and more effortless [this season], often paired with oversized silhouettes, half-tucked tops, and relaxed tailoring,” explains fashion expert and celebrity stylist Oriona Robb.

Go big with colour

This season, designers are experimenting with a more maximalist approach to stripes, combining juxtaposing yellows and blues to statement pieces.

“Colour-wise, it’s about playful combos,” says Robb. While nautical navy and whites are still in the mix, “powder blue and butter yellow are big this season” explains fashion expert Karine Laudort, “along with sage green and cream. Red and cream stripes are also having a major moment,” says Robb, “adding a Parisian-chic touch to any outfit.” You can channel this with a roll

If you’re looking for something lighter than denim, then linen and cream tones are a perfect pairing. “A striped top with cream linen trousers or a beige blazer brings a chic and polished touch,” says Laudort. “Otherwise for an edgier look, stripes contrast beautifully with the richness of a suede skirt or leather boots, balancing casual and luxe.”

Don’t dismiss accessories

Suede continues to be big this season, and a slouchy suede bag or boat shoes can elevate any striped tee and denim jean combo. If you’re wanting to lean into colourful stripes, swap your white trainers out for metallic pumps to make the look that much more interesting. If you’re keeping it really simple with a one-and-done stripe – don’t forget to play up the jewels with a chunky necklace and matching earrings.

M&S PURE COTTON STRIPED RUGBY TOP, £35

CLARKS FAWNA LILY IN SILVER LEATHER, £24 (WERE £65).

URBAN OUTFITTERS

DAKOTA STRIPE KNIT CARDIGAN, £42

BLUE VELVET SHOES

Babble and Goose

Babble and Goose is a luxury clothing brand for girls with a strong sense of individuality, fun and style. All our products are beautifully made and designed in London using the highest quality fabrics and artisan trimmings sourced from long established British suppliers.

Inspired by a desire to create gorgeous pieces for teens that can’t be found on the High Street, we have sourced the softest, most luxurious fabrics and tailored them to perfectly fit and flatter every shape – custom sizes and longer lengths are available too.

We know how important it is for girls to want to fit in with their friends but explore their own individual sense of style so our team have curated a huge range of gorgeous colour and style combinations that are designed to be worn

‘your way’. Regular or low rise fits, or joggers that can be flipped over at the waist to choose your look. From super wide leg to sleek classic straight leg and reversible bandeaus for endless styling combinations.

For an elevated daytime vibe, perfect for that put together look, comfy enough to lounge around in but smart enough to style for a glam after dark fit, our joggers – or Babbles as they are now fondly known, are loved by girls worldwide.

Our best-selling embroidered star joggers are available in dozens of different colours and prints from leopard and neon velvets to dazzling mirrored gold and cute nautical stripes. Each star is individually embroidered by our London craftsmen and carefully positioned to create that perfect sculpted bottom. No wonder once girls put them on they don’t want to take them off!

Babble and Goose is all about the detail - luxury gold tipped drawstrings, gorgeous vibrant velvets, comfy flattering waistlines in regular or low rise fits, soft hard-wearing fabrics, bespoke labels and expert design to ensure a perfect fit.

We also believe in doing things consciously. Our Pre-Loved collection gives a second life to samples and exshoot pieces, so you can shop sustainably without compromising on quality or style.

And while London is our home, we’ve grown a community that stretches far beyond the city. From Shoreditch to SoHo (NYC), our pieces have found fans around the world— especially in the States. Our collections have been featured in Vogue, Tatler, GQ, and Vanity Fair.

Take a look at our new summer collection, joggers perfect for traveling and cute co-ords that will take you from the beach to the city and beyond.

Shop at babbleandgoose.co.uk and follow us on Instagram @babbleandgoose and tik tok @babbleandgoose.

Being Haircare:

On a mission to simplify hair care (suitable for hair types 1A-4C). By Lauren Naylor

Being haircare, is the new, game-changing haircare brand designed to celebrate your hair exactly as it is.

Launched exclusively at Superdrug

last month, being offers a no-fuss, affordable range that finesses and de-stresses your natural hair, rather than trying to change it.

Every product is priced at just £7.99; the range includes shampoos, conditioners, hair masks, and leave-in treatments, all free from sulphates, silicones, colourants, and paraffin.

Instead of following one-size-fits-all trends, being offers targeted, moisture-rich formulas tailored to individual hair needs, making it easier than ever to create a personalised routine that works *for* your hair, not against it.

The community-led hair care brand was created to meet all hair types exactly where they are.

People don’t know what their hair needs are because ranges are either one-dimensional or confusing (or both!) being is here to change that: demystifying your routine with formulas tailored to YOUR HAIR TYPE.

About being:

Born from the creators of the cult-favourite haircare brand MONDAY, being is on a mission to simplify haircare. With a community-first approach, the brand ditches confusing, onedimensional ranges in favour of clear, inclusive formulas designed for all different hair types. Whether you’re embracing waves, coils, or curls, being helps you discover what your hair truly needs, no guesswork required with easy to navigate simplified products for your hair type. beinghaircare.com

“being

is here to change that: demystifying your routine with formulas tailored to YOUR HAIR TYPE.

SMART BEAUTY JUST GOT SMARTER: DE MOI LAUNCHES HIGH-PERFORMANCE CC CREAM

DE MOI, the Swiss leader in Conscious Beauty, presents its innovative All You Need High-Performance CC Cream. This skincare-meets-makeup solution simplifies routines without compromising results.

ONE PRODUCT. ENDLESS BENEFITS.

The DE MOI CC Cream eliminates the need for multiple products by combining key skincare and makeup essentials:

• Instantly corrects skin tone, delivering a radiant finish.

• SPF 30 protects skin from UV rays and environmental damage.

• Hydrating and anti-aging Swiss botanicals to nourish the skin.

• Lightweight, breathable formula for daily wear.

• Adapts seamlessly to various skin tones.

“Beauty should be simple, effective, and ethical,” says Demee Koch, Founder & CEO. DE MOI remains committed to cruelty-free, ethical production, free from parabens, sulfates, and harsh chemicals, supporting global empowerment initiatives.

Launched on March 12, 2025, the CC Cream is now available exclusively at www.demoi.ch, retailers, Life Pharmacy, and Selfridges, London.

Hinch & Liu

Introducing the New Era of Luxury Diamond Jewellery

Every great brand has an origin story—a tale of passion that ignites brilliance. For Hinch & Liu, it began with two founders whose lifelong love affair with gemstones turned an unassuming hobby into a glittering legacy. Travelling the globe to source precious gemstones for bespoke jewellery pieces, crafted by highly skilled local jewellers, they laid the foundation for a brand celebrating artistry and craftsmanship.

What sets Hinch & Liu apart is their unwavering commitment to sustainability, ethics, and innovation, from product to packaging. At the core of this ethos is their embrace of lab-grown diamonds, a revolutionary alternative to traditional mining. Lab-grown diamonds are physically, chemically, and optically identical to mined diamonds, replicating the natural creation process with cutting-edge technology which grows diamonds essentially by placing pure carbon under great temperate and pressure. Lab diamonds offer the same breathtaking brilliance and purity as mined diamonds while being more environmentally friendly, ethically sourced, and affordable. Hinch & Liu proves that luxury and conscience can coexist, demonstrating how diamonds should not cost the earth.

Their innovation extends to jewellery design also. Traditionally, diamonds have been set in gold and platinum due to the high expense of the stones dictating exclusivity. However, lab-grown

diamonds, costing a fraction of their mined counterparts, empower Hinch & Liu to break with tradition. Alongside more opulent 14 and 18 karat gold options, their diamond collections are also offered in 925 silver and 18 karat gold vermeil. This bold embrace of technological advancement allows the brand to offer luxurious yet affordable couture jewellery.

As for their couture credentials, Hinch & Liu are a young brand already making waves in the industry. Featured in both Vogue’s 2025 Jewellery Designer Profiles and Tatler’s 2025 Jewellery Edit, their success is no surprise. The “Collaborations” ranges unite Hinch & Liu with international jewellery designers whose work has appeared in the world’s top fashion publications, bringing the brand’s story full circle to the hobby that inspired their journey.

Hinch & Liu redefines luxury, because diamonds should not cost the earth.

hinchandliu.com

“Lab-grown diamonds are physically, chemically, and optically identical to mined diamonds, replicating the natural creation process with cutting-edge technology which grows diamonds essentially by placing pure carbon under great temperate and pressure”

The brand Maëla represents vibrant, colorful, and imaginative treasures meticulously crafted in Germany. Tailored for modern individualists with a penchant for quality and exquisite materials, this label produces one-of-a-kind contemporary jewelry meant to be worn with both pride and joy.

Find her at www.maela.shop Instagram @maela.jewellery

HOW TO BRIGHTEN YOUR SKIN FOR SPRING

Skincare experts reveal the easy ways to get your complexion glowing.

By Lara Owen

As the sun has slowly started to show its face, it seems the grey skies of winter are becoming a faint memory.

Months of cold winds, indoor heating and lack of sunlight can strip the skin of moisture and leave it looking a little lacklustre. You may have found yourself scouting around your washbag trying to find something to brighten your skin now the sun is out.

“The best way to revive skin is by using a face brush – it not only sloughs off dead skin but also boosts circulation and promotes lymph drainage, giving the face a natural lift,” explains nutritional health coach and co-founder of eyeam world Roxy Marrone.

Following up with a hydrating moisturiser is the simplest way to restore bounce and luminosity.

While exfoliation may be the obvious answer for brightening skin, Medik8’s chief product officer Daniel Isaacs says it’s all about how you exfoliate.

“A sluggish skin renewal process can cause a build-up of dead skin cells, making the complexion appear dull,” he explains. “To revive your skin, focus on gentle exfoliation to remove dead skin cells, deep hydration to replenish lost moisture and antioxidant protection to restore a healthy glow.”

What skincare ingredients actually brighten skin?

While drinking water and weekly exfoliation can help dead skin cell turnover and replenish the appearance of your skin, there are some particular ingredients that can help bring back that beam.

Resveratrox and bakuchiol are emerging as superior brightening agents. Marrone and her pharmacist co-founder Margo Marrone, note “[The naturally derived ingredients] resveratrol and bakuchiol have been shown to be more effective than vitamin C.

Resveratrox is a brightening agent derived from grapevines, and bakuchiol is nature’s version of

retinol. “We use a new form of bakuchiol to help reduce scarring, fade dark spots and brighten skin,” says Marrone.

Other actives to start incorporating into your routine include vitamin C, “It’s a gold-standard brightening ingredient, working to target uneven tone and restore radiance while providing antioxidant protection,” says Isaacs.

Isaacs also recommends niacinamide, retinol and exfoliating acids like PHAs and mandelic acid to help even out and brighten your complexion.

If you’re wanting to incorporate more gentle products to improve brightness, traditional Chinese medicine expert and founder of Muihood, Charlotte Yau suggests “rice ferment filtrate (rice water), snow mushroom and prickly pear.

“They deeply nourish the skin, support moisture retention and protect against environmental stressors,” says Yau.

Exfoliation is key, but frequency depends on skin type.

“For sensitive skin, exfoliate once a week,” suggests Marrone. “For mature skin (40-plus), aim for daily or every-other-day exfoliation.

“Oily skin benefits from exfoliating at least two to three times a week.”

When it comes to the product – all experts advise against physical exfoliants – these are the scrubs that have a coarse texture and are rough on the skin, as they can cause “micro-tears and irritations,” says Isaacs.

Exfoliants made up on BHA, PHA and AHA are what the experts suggest.

Yau recommends Beta Hydroxy Acids (BHAs): “Unlike physical scrubs, which only remove surface debris, BHAs penetrate deep into pores to dissolve excess oil and promote even skin tone.”

Does the sun brighten or dull our skin?

While finally feeling the sun on your face may brighten our mood, sun exposure doesn’t necessarily have the same effect on our skin.

“Prolonged sun exposure can accelerate oxidative stress, dehydrating the skin, which leads to an uneven tone,” explains Isaacs. “All of which

LA ROCHE-POSAY

UV MUNE 400

FLUID NONPERFUMED SUNCREAM SPF50+, £16.95 (WAS £20), LOOK FANTASTIC

REN’S READY STEADY GLOW DAILY AHA GLOW TONIC, £23.95 (WAS £30), LOOK FANTASTIC

FACE

£75

contribute to a dull complexion. The best defence is daily broad-spectrum SPF.”

Renowned celebrity dermatologist to the likes of Kim Kardashian, Dr. Simon Ourian, stresses the importance of SPF for a glowing complexion: “SPF is your skin’s shield against the sun, preventing dullness, wrinkles and dark spots.

“Make it a staple, no exceptions.” Dr Ourian recommends combining your SPF with vitamin C for repairing sun damage and treating hyperpigmentation whilst preventing it.

One crucial step to add to your routine for glowing skin

While there may seem a variety of ways you can brighten your complexion, if you’re going to add one step to transform for skin for spring,

REN Skincare’s Dr. Christine Hall suggests an exfoliating toner: “You are getting the ultimate glow out of just one product saving you time and also simplifying your routine.

“By exfoliating away dead skin cells it will also mean that any other products that you apply to your skin will be absorbed more effectively.”

Alternatively, prevention is easier than repair. “A simple but essential step for brighter skin is daily sunscreen,” says Blomma Beauty‘s founder Karen MacDonald.

“Consistent protection from the sun not only prevents damage and premature aging but also helps maintain an even, glowing complexion.

“Make sure to apply SPF daily, even when it’s cloudy or you’re indoors, to protect your skin from both UV and environmental stressors.”

MEDIK8 PRESS & GLOW

DAILY EXFOLIATING PHA TONIC WITH ENZYME ACTIVATOR, £32, SPACE NK

FACETHEORY GLOW-C

C 20% SERUM, £23

Consultant Plastic Sur geon

Professional | Approachable | Bespoke

Focus On: Facelifts

With age, the face loses volume and support, so the skin can start to sag particularly around the cheeks, jawline and neck. Sun damage can cause wrinkles and change skin pigmentation.

Face lift surgery removes excess skin whilst tightening the structural architecture beneath, to leave the contours supported and smoother.

Who is it for?

It is most appropriate for adults (typically over the age of 45) with lower facial sagging.

Why get surgery?

A facelift provides a longer term solution for sagging and wrinkled skin. The scars are hidden in the natural folds of the skin around the ear. For many people surgery is explored because they are unhappy with the way their skin is ageing which impacts their self confidence and quality of life.

What are the types of surgery?

A face lift is tailored bespokely to the needs of the individual. Sometimes there is also a need to address the eyelids and/or neck at the same time and/or use combined techniques that include fat transfer to increase volume and injections to relieve muscular tension. Sometimes nonsurgical manoeuvres can delay the need for surgical intervention.

Chris Abela is an experienced reconstructive and cosmetic surgeon. He prides himself on providing each individual with a professional, bespoke and compassionate approach with a gentle bedside manner and discretion at the heart of every consultation. He has clinics at 84 Harley Street, 102 Sydney Street, Chelsea and at Wimbledon Parkside.

If you have any questions, please contact Chris at info@chrisabela.co.uk

Vegan beauty

What is vegan beauty?

Just like a vegan diet, vegan beauty includes products that avoid anything that has been tested on animals or contains animal-derived ingredients such as beeswax, gelatine, honey or squalene.

“[Vegan] products are often created with crueltyfree principles, supporting ethical practices in the beauty industry,” explains co-founder of Odylique, Abi Weeds. “Vegan skincare works for all skin types [and] is packed with natural moisturisers, such as aloe vera and shea butter for hydration, alongside calming ingredients like tea tree oil and chamomile which reduce inflammation,” explains BEAUTY BAY‘s beauty expert Grace Ferns.

“Mature skin also benefits from antioxidant-rich formulas found in vegan products, which also help to combat ageing,” she claims.

How to tell if a product is vegan

Identifying whether your beauty product is vegan or not is quick and easy. The Vegan Society suggest looking out for a logo certification, such as the vegan trademark, which guarantees the product is free from animal ingredients and has not been tested on animals. These trademarks can look different, whether they come from Vegan Action, Cruelty Free International, PETA or Choose Cruelty Free. Familiarising yourself with these logos will help your determine which products are vegan and non-vegan.

EASIEST VEGAN SWAPS TO MAKE IN YOUR BEAUTY ROUTINE

If you feel that you ought to try and make some vegan beauty swaps but don’t know where to start, the experts have given their top recommendations for products they believe work better than animalderived products.

Is vegan skincare a good substitute for mainstream products?

When it comes to swapping more mainstream products for vegan beauty, some claim the benefits outweigh the cons. According to Weeds: “Vegan beauty products often contain fewer synthetic chemicals and harsh irritants, resulting in kinder formulations for the skin.” “Vegan skincare products are usually rich in antioxidants, botanicals and vitamins. They’re better for animals and the planet, and are also less likely to irritate the skin,” maintains skincare expert and founder of Update Aesthetics Clinics, Nina Prisk. “This is because some of the popular skincare ingredients that are animal-derived can be heavier and more likely to clog pores.”

BYROE NEW YORK OAT YOGURT MOISTURE BARRIER CREAM (50ML), £106, COUNTER CULTURE

DR LEAH FOAMING CLEANSER, 200ML, £25 (WAS £50)

• GMC specialist registered facial plastic surgeons

• Decades of facial surgery experience

• Best for facelifts, neck lifts, blepharoplasty, rhinoplasty, lip lift, fat transfer

• Consultations available in Harley Street and Wimbledon

• 5-star hospitals and quality care

Kensington Medical specialises in facial plastic surgery. We are committed to providing exceptional patient support and care. We understand that visiting a plastic surgeon and hospital can be a daunting experience and we strive to make you feel as comfortable and as supported as possible.

Our team of experienced GMC specialist registered facial plastic surgeons provide personalised attention in a face-to-face consultation.

By Lauren Naylor

Oh My Daise! The beauty brand selling 1 unit every 3 seconds

Launching in every single Superdrug store this April, Daise is already generating a huge buzz amongst some of the internet’s most well known IT girls like Anais Gallagher Tallulah Metcalfe and Larly.

With a rapidly growing waiting list, a unit selling every 3 seconds and a forecasted 50M+ in retail sales in Year 1. Superdrug have hailed it as their biggest beauty brand launch of 2025.

Designed for the new wave of beauty consumers: Gen Alpha and young Gen Z, Daise is where beauty meets play, offering a fragranceforward, mix-and-match experience. From layering mists and mood-matching body sprays, to collectible surprise-filled bath bombs, Daise has curated a beauty playground that encourages self-expression and experimentation. With six covetable scents (such as Peachy Daise with berry and mandarin or Lowkey Daise with rose and sandalwood).

All products in the range are dermatologically tested, certified cruelty-free and formulated with the brand’s Clean Promise, meaning they are formulated without Acrylates, Aluminum, Benzyl Alcohol, Butoxyethanol, BHA/BHT, DEA, Formaldehyde, Heavy Metals, Lead, Microbeads,

Mercury, Parabens, Phenoxyethanol, Phthalates, SLS/SLES & Talc.

The range is co-founded by the visionary behind MONDAY Haircare, Jaimee Lupton. Lupton is the co-founder of multiaward-winning beauty brands including Osāna Naturals, Châlon Paris, being and Laura Polko Los Angeles. Building a cohort of future-focused brands based on modern consumers’ values and desires, Lupton is focused on democratising beauty by bringing premium offerings to accessible settings, making it 2025’s most desirable beauty launch for discerning Gen Z and Alpha consumers.

“Daise is where beauty meets play, offering a fragrance-forward, mix-and-match experience”

A New Era of Aesthetic Medicine

Step inside the Anti-Wrinkle Clinic, where personalised care and natural results are the new gold standard.

In a city like London, where beauty trends rise and fall faster than the changing seasons, it’s easy to feel caught in the current. Every billboard, algorithm, and influencer seem to constantly be whispering a new beauty ideal –tauter skin, fuller lips, sharper contours, a brand new face.

But at the Anti-Wrinkle Clinic, we believe aesthetic medicine isn’t about chasing ideals or making you look like somebody else. We’re far more invested in that magical moment when our patients see themselves in the mirror and think, “Now that looks like me.”

Our patients don’t come to us to look like celebrities. They come to us because they want to feel more like themselves – either again, or finally for the first time.

Not the tired version they see after months of stress. Not the filtered version they scroll past online. The version that feels in sync. Where the face they see matches the vibrant energy they carry within.

This is the work we do. And it’s deeply personal. Unlike conventional clinics where you’re often seen for a measly five minutes, upsold treatments you didn’t ask for, and sent on your way – we do things differently. Your first consultation with Dr Yiannis lasts a full hour. That’s right – 60 minutes Face-to-face to be seen, heard, and understood before any decisions are made. In a world where many clinics barely ask your name before reaching for the syringe, we see that time as essential. It’s where trust is built. It’s where your unique story begins to guide your unique treatment plan.

Treatment Offering That Reflect Our Values

Every product, every package, every approach has been chosen for its ability to work in harmony with your skin and your story. Here’s a glimpse into how we help patients feel like themselves again.

Anti-Wrinkle Injections

We use these not to freeze the face, but to gently relax overactive muscles that might be making you look more tense or tired than you feel.

Dermal Fillers

Volume loss is a natural part of aging, but we use dermal fillers with restraint and artistry to restore restoring lost structure or gently refining contours.

Profhilo

Unlike traditional injectables, Profhilo is a bio-remodelling treatment that deeply hydrates and improves skin texture from within without changing the shape of your face.

Sunekos

Perfect for delicate areas like under the eyes, Sunekos stimulates collagen and elastin to rejuvenate the skin naturally for a refreshed, awake look.

“At

the Anti-Wrinkle Clinic, we believe aesthetic medicine isn’t about chasing ideals or making you look like somebody else”

Sculptra

Often described as a collagen stimulator rather than a filler, Sculptra helps rebuild the skin’s foundation to bring back its youthful radiance.

Polynucleotides

One of the newest and most exciting regenerative treatments in aesthetics, polynucleotides harness the power of DNA fragments to deeply repair and revitalise the skin.

Peels

We offer a range of skin resurfacing treatments tailored to your specific skin needs – from dullness and pigmentation to acne and fine lines.

Each of our treatments are offered not as onesize-fits-all solutions, but as tools within a much larger, more thoughtful aesthetics journey. We also offer a range of Signature Packages which combine treatments that work well together to target key areas more holistically – with the added bonus of a discounted price.

With us, your results won’t scream “I’ve had work done.” In fact, many of our patients report

hearing things like, “You look so well – have you been on holiday?” That’s the sweet spot we aim for: rested, refreshed, confidently radiant – the result of over 20 years of experience.

And so, if what you’ve read here resonates – if you’ve been searching for a place where aesthetics isn’t just transactional, but personalised and prioritised – we’d love to welcome you.

At the Anti-Wrinkle Clinic, we’re not interested in making you look like someone else. We’re here to help you look like you. The most vibrant, rested, and unfiltered version of yourself. Because when your reflection catches up with the way you feel inside, there’s a quiet kind of confidence that follows. And that’s the most beautiful result of all.

antiwrinkleclinic.co.uk

Instagram: @antiwrinkleclinic

Tel: 020 3598 7358

HEALTH & FITNESS

– Everything you need to keep fit, healthy, and happy –

Healthy eating myths According to a dietician

Being hit with an influx of information can leave us confused. Here, Dietician Dr Carrie Ruxton debunks some eating myths. By Sara Keenan

Entering a new year, for many, come with new goals, healthier eating and new habits.

However, in a world of social media, influencers and tons of readily available data and information – it is becoming increasingly difficult to know what’s true when it comes to nutrition.

Here, Dr Carrie Ruxton, dietician and advisor to the General Mills fibre campaign, debunks some healthy eating myths to make your life easier this January.

Myth 1: You need to eat breakfast as soon as you wake up

A narrative almost everyone grew up with is

“Although breakfast does provide an opportunity to fuel your day, some research does not conclusively prove that it is the most important”

breakfast is the most important meal but you don’t actually need to eat as soon as you wake up, said Ruxton.

Although breakfast does provide an opportunity to fuel your day, some research does not conclusively prove that it is the most important.

“Breakfast foods like whole grain breakfast cereals are amazing, and they’re good for appetite,” she said.

However, she doesn’t eat first thing in the morning and instead pushes her first meal to after 11am to align with intermittent fasting (when you only eat during a certain window of the day).

Myth 2: Fibre is only for regular bowel movement

Evidence shows that fibre has got a lot of health benefits, and not just for regular bowel movements: it helps to control your blood sugar.

“It also reduces your blood cholesterol and reduces your risk of heart disease and diabetes,” Ruxton confirmed. “Fibre promotes healthy gut microbiota. That’s the bacteria that live in your gut, and that itself can improve your immune function, mood, brain health and also increase calcium absorption in your gut. So you end up having stronger bones.”

Foods such as whole grains, beans, pulses and snacks with fibre in them such as nuts are all recommended.

Myth 3: You shouldn’t drink tea before bed

Lots of advice says to drink your last cup of tea at least 6 hours before bedtime as it’s too stimulating, but Ruxton says this may not be true.

With less than half of the caffeine you would find in a cup of coffee, tea also contains an amino acid called L-Theanine, she notes.

“The combination of L-Theanine and caffeine actually relax people.”

A 2023 study found that people who had a regular black tea or a herbal tea in the evening, actually sleep much better.

“That’s because of the L-Theanine and also the polyphenols which are plant compounds that help us relax and give a more calm mood,” Ruxton explained.

Myth 4: Carbs are bad for you

Carbs are not the enemy. They “actually have got one of the lowest calorie levels per gram per serving. You get [approaximately] four calories per gram”, Ruxton said.

“You get nine calories per gram of fat and seven in alcohol, so carbs are actually low calorie density.”

According to Ruxton the demonisation of carbs has more to do with what people are pairing with their chosen carb. For example, it’s not the burger bun that’s increasing your calories – it could be the cheese, sauce and added toppings.

Myth 5: Smoothies make your blood sugar spike

Social media has seen a trend people wearing glucose monitors in the arms, saying their blood sugar spiked after drinking smoothies. But Ruxton says not to believe everything you see.

One Soka University of America study found that when people drank blended fruit, in comparison to eating it whole, their blood sugars went up less after blending. Ruxton says this could be due to the tiny seeds in berries. “When you blend those, it actually slows down the absorption of the sugar in the fruit and you end up with having a lower blood sugar level.”

She also believes that glucose monitors aren’t accurate enough and they may “overexaggerate blood sugars”. A January 2025 study has backed this up, finding that some monitors exaggerated blood sugars by more than three times in comparison to a finger prick blood sampling.

HEARING CLEARLY IN NOISY PLACES:

How the Right Hearing Aid Fitting Can Make All the Difference

Do you struggle to hear conversations in noisy places? Hearing loss can make social interactions difficult, but at Pindrop Hearing, we reconnect you to the world with advanced hearing solutions. A key tool in our process is speech discrimination testing, which assesses how well patients understand speech in background noise—a common challenge in restaurants, cafés or family gatherings.

The test takes place in a soundproof booth, with background noise played behind the patient while a female voice presents sentences from the front. By adjusting the signal-to-noise ratio, we measure speech understanding at three levels.

The graph below shows three sets of results:

• Red circles: Unaided speech scores, reflecting real-life hearing in noise.

• Blue AL: Scores with hearing aids programmed elsewhere, without real-ear measurements (REMs) or proper verification.

• Red AR: The best results, achieved with our expertly fitted hearing aids using REMs and verification.

The improvement is dramatic. At his follow-up, the patient shared that our programmed aids were life-changing—far superior to his previous ones. He had never experienced this type of testing before and was thrilled with the outcome. So are we!

Premium Hearing Aids

As an Independent Practice, we can offer our patients the full range of Premium Hearing Aids from the world’s leading brands such as Phonak, Signia, Widex, Oticon, Re-Sound and Starkey. They have the latest advanced features, including:

• Automatic adjustment

• Bluetooth connectivity

• Rechargeable options

• Style options to match your lifestyle

• AI Technology

Give your old hearing aids new life Trade in your old Hearing Aids and receive a £100 M&S Voucher when you purchase your new Hearing Aids through us. Visit pindrophearing.co.uk to receive your exclusive Trade In Code.

Take advantage of 50% off Hearing Assessments using code [MAG50]. Book online today at pindrophearing.co.uk and use your code at your appointment to receive your 50% discount*. *Hearing Assessments normally £149. Offer valid for bookings made by 31st May 2025; appointments can be scheduled until 30th June 2025.

OUR SERVICES:

Hearing Tests

Hearing Aids

Ear Wax Removal

Tinnitus Clinic

Paediatric Audiology

Balance Testing Custom Ear Protection

OUR LOCATIONS

Harley Street

41 Harley Street, London. W1G 8QH 0207 487 2660

Chelsea

412 King’s Road, Chelsea, London. SW10 0LJ 0208 150 2330

Winchmore Hill

748 Green Lanes, Winchmore Hill, London. N21 3RE 0208 360 2510

A Seamless Fusion of Artisanal Craftsmanship and British Luxury

The Eminence Jacket is an exclusive collaboration with renowned Italian master craftsman - Filippo di Nardo. The Eminence Jacket exemplifies the perfect marriage of meticulous handcraft and cutting-edge material science, embodying an unmatched level of sophistication, performance, and durability.

The Eminence Jacket represents a milestone for us, as we’re dedicated to delivering panseasonal, precise garments that elevate sportswear to a new level of luxurious design and utility. The original jacket was meticulously handmade “fatto a mano”, by Filippo di Nardo, an Italian artisan with global acclaim for his work.

“Our collaboration with Filippo di Nardo is one of the most exciting projects we’ve undertaken,” said Max Fraser, Founder of REAL. “The Eminence Jacket is a true representation of our dedication to unparalleled quality, combining Filippo’s exquisite craftsmanship with advanced fabrics sourced from globally renowned Italian mills. We are confident that this jacket will resonate with anyone who values high-end sportswear.”

The jacket’s fabric, woven by Mexctex, contains 1% carbon for enhanced strength, while its ripstop structure ensures excellent strength-to-weight ratio, preventing creasing and enhancing durability. The jacket’s interior is lined with an anti-bacterial mesh, offering moisture-wicking properties that ensure it remains fresh even through the most intense activity.

With a sophisticated yet understated aesthetic, the Eminence Jacket is a perfect companion for moments of recovery or leisure, designed to effortlessly transition through seasons while maintaining its form and function. REAL is also committed to sustainability, having partnered with environmentally conscious factories in Kaunas, Lithuania. The Eminence Jacket is a testament to their belief in “buy less, buy well,” focusing on pan-seasonal clothing built to last.

Longevity: How to Live Longer and Healthier with The London General Practice

By Dr Angela Rai MBBS, BSc, MRCGP, DCH, DRCOG, Dip Cardiology Medicines Management Lead

Recently, the idea of “longevity” has gained a lot of attention. Longevity isn’t just about living longer—it’s about staying healthy for as much of that time as possible. We want to extend not only our lifespan (the number of years we live) but also our healthspan (the years we live free of chronic diseases or disabilities).

What is Healthspan?

Healthspan refers to the years of your life when you are healthy—physically, mentally, and

socially—without the burden of diseases like heart disease, diabetes, cancer, or Alzheimer’s. Life can be divided into two phases: healthy aging and a later period filled with age-related diseases. While we are living longer, many of us are facing a rise in chronic conditions. Age is a major risk factor for many of these diseases, so slowing aging and improving health is crucial.

How Can We Slow Aging and Increase Healthspan?

To slow aging and increase healthspan, we need to focus on preventing disease and maintaining good health. While treating individual diseases is important, it’s even better to look at aging as a whole and figure out how to slow down the biological processes that make us more likely to develop diseases. The goal is to delay the development of these disorders and improve overall health.

The Secrets of Blue Zones

A fascinating way to think about longevity comes from the study of Blue Zones—five places around the world where people live long, healthy lives, often reaching 100 years or more. These areas have

the highest number of centenarians (people over 100) and lower rates of chronic diseases.

The five original Blue Zones, identified by researcher Dan Buettner, are:

“The goal is to delay the development of these disorders and improve overall health”

• Loma Linda (California, USA)

• Nicoya (Costa Rica)

• Sardinia (Italy)

• Ikaria (Greece)

• Okinawa (Japan)

These areas share nine lifestyle factors that seem to promote longevity. Here are the Power of 9 secrets:

The 9 Secrets to Living a Longer, Healthier Life

1. Move Naturally: People in Blue Zones stay active in their daily lives—walking often, gardening, and doing light physical tasks. Try adding low-intensity exercises like yoga or stretching into your routine.

2. Find Purpose: People in Blue Zones have a reason to wake up each day. Whether it’s a hobby, volunteering, or a personal goal, having a sense of purpose is essential for longevity.

3. Downshift Stress: Chronic stress can lead to inflammation, which is linked to many diseases. People in Blue Zones manage stress with deep breathing, meditation, mindfulness, and good sleep habits.

4. Follow the 80% Rule: The Japanese practice “Hara Hachi Bu,” eating until they’re 80% full. This helps with digestion and weight management.

5. Plant Slant: Blue Zone diets are mostly plant-based, full of vegetables, fruits, whole grains, and beans. They limit processed foods and sugar, focusing instead on fresh, nutrient-rich foods.

6. Wine at 5: People in Blue Zones enjoy a small amount of alcohol—usually wine—most days, but they don’t overdo it. If you don’t

drink, that’s perfectly fine!

7. Belong: A strong sense of community and belonging is crucial. Research shows that faith-based communities often have longer life expectancies, as social connections are important for mental and emotional well-being.

8. Loved Ones First: Prioritize family and relationships. People in Blue Zones stay close to their families, taking care of them and keeping strong family ties.

9. Right Tribe: Surround yourself with people who support healthy behaviours. Having a social circle that encourages healthy living—eating well, staying active, and reducing stress—makes a big difference.

Can You Create Your Own Blue Zone?

The good news is that you don’t have to move to one of these special places to improve your healthspan. By adopting some of these habits and building them into your own lifestyle, you

can slow aging and live a longer, healthier life. Focus on what you can control—your daily habits, your relationships, and your overall approach to life—and you’ll have the best chance at optimal longevity.

Reference: Buettner D, Skemp S. Blue Zones: Lessons From the World’s Longest Lived. Am J Lifestyle Med. 2016 Jul 7;10(5):318-321.

Understanding Hair Loss: Causes, Prevention and Treatment

Hair loss is a common concern that affects millions of people, impacting both men and women. It can be distressing, affecting self-esteem and overall wellbeing. While some degree of hair shedding is normal, excessive hair loss can be distressing and may indicate underlying health conditions. Understanding the causes and available treatments can help individuals take proactive steps toward maintaining healthy hair.

“Hair loss can result from various factors, including genetics, hormonal changes, stress, and medical conditions”

Causes of Hair Loss

Hair loss can result from various factors, including genetics, hormonal changes, stress, and medical conditions. The most common type, androgenetic alopecia (male or female pattern baldness), is hereditary and can begin as early as the late teens. Hormonal imbalances, particularly during pregnancy, menopause, or thyroid disorders, can also lead to hair thinning. Other contributing factors include nutritional deficiencies, certain medications, autoimmune diseases, and excessive hairstyling or chemical treatments that damage hair follicles.

THE DETAILS

Visit Bilba Clinic 57 Great Titchfield Street, London W1W 7PN, call 07858848244 or email info@bilbaclinic.co.uk and book your FREE hair consultation!

Preventing Hair Loss

While not all types of hair loss can be prevented, adopting a healthy lifestyle can reduce the risk. A balanced diet rich in vitamins and minerals, particularly iron, biotin, and vitamin D, supports hair health. Managing stress through exercise, meditation, and proper sleep can also prevent excessive shedding. Additionally, using gentle hair care practices, such as avoiding excessive heat and harsh chemicals, helps maintain strong, healthy hair.

Effective Hair Loss Treatments

For those experiencing hair loss, various treatments are available. Medical treatments, such as minoxidil and finasteride, can slow down hair loss and encourage regrowth. Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP) therapy, polynucleotide injections, hair IV therapy are innovative options that stimulate hair follicles and improve scalp health.

Personalised Hair Loss Treatments and Packages

At Bilba Clinic in Central London, we offer a range of advanced, clinician-led solutions tailored to your unique needs. Whether you’re experiencing thinning hair, pattern baldness or hair shedding, our expert team is here to help restore your confidence. In April we offer 15% off all our hair loss packages. Let’s work together to bring back your hair and confidence!

MEDICAL | AESTHETIC | WELLBEING A

CQC

Registered Clinic

Our goal is to deliver exceptional results in a safe, welcoming environment, guided by our highly skilled and compassionate staff.

OUR SERVICES

Private GP appointments

Consultant specialist appointments

Nurse prescriber appointments

Private medicine prescriptions

Blood and urine tests

Weight loss management

Earwax microsuction & ear syringing

IV vitamin drips & vitamin injections

Physiotherapy

Nutrition coaching

Aesthetic treatments and injectables

Sclerotherapy (spider veins treatment)

Platelet-Rich Plasma (PRP) treatments

Fat dissolving injections

PCA SKIN peels & facials

Gift vouchers

For more information and to book a personal consultation, visit www.bilbaclinic.co.uk

Email: info@bilbaclinic.co.uk

Tel: 07858 848 244

Opening hours:

Monday – Friday 10am – 6pm

Saturday - 12noon – 5pm

Bilba Clinic, 57 Great Titchfield Street, London W1W 7PN

WHY IRON DEFICIENCY MATTERS FOR WOMEN: OPTIMIZING HEALTH WITH EFFECT DOCTORS

Symptoms of Low Iron in Women

Even within “normal” range, iron deficiency can cause:

• Fatigue & Weakness

• Hair Thinning & Loss Pale Skin & Shortness of Breath

• Dizziness & Headaches

• Cold Hands & Feet

• Restless Legs Syndrome & Heart Palpitations.

Achieving Optimal Iron Levels

Iron comes from two dietary sources:

• Heme iron (easily absorbed): In red meat, liver, and poultry.

• Non-heme iron (less absorbable): In spinach, beans, and fortified cereals. Pairing with vitamin C enhances absorption, while calcium and tannins (tea, coffee) inhibit it.

Oral Iron Supplementation

For mild deficiency, oral iron supplements can help. However, some women experience nausea, constipation, or stomach pain, making supplementation challenging.

IV Iron Infusions: A Faster Solution

For severe deficiency or poor absorption, IV iron infusions provide rapid relief. Bypassing the digestive tract allows faster absorption and symptom improvement. IV iron benefits women with:

• Severe anemia (Hb < 10 g/dL, ferritin < 30 ng/mL).

• Malabsorption issues (celiac, Crohn’s disease).

• Heavy menstrual bleeding leading to chronic depletion.

• Persistent symptoms as described above.

Why Choose Effect Doctors?

Conclusion

Or email us at info@effectdoctors.com Call us now at 0207 305 7608

KEEPING YOU HEALTHY AND OPTIMISING YOUR WELLBEING

By Dr Will Turner

The Silent Fire: How Chronic Inflammation is Damaging Your Health

Inflammation is your body’s natural defence mechanism, designed to heal injuries and fight infections. When it’s short-term—like redness from a cut—it’s beneficial. But when inflammation becomes chronic, it stops being helpful and starts harming your body, increasing the risk of serious diseases.

Unlike acute inflammation, which flares up and resolves quickly, chronic inflammation lingers for months or even years. It’s often low-grade, meaning you might not notice it, but over time, it silently damages tissues, organs, and blood vessels.

One major concern is its link to heart disease. Chronic inflammation contributes to arterial plaque buildup, leading to high blood pressure, heart attacks, and strokes. It plays a role in autoimmune diseases like rheumatoid arthritis and lupus, where the immune system mistakenly attacks healthy tissue, causing pain and swelling.

Inflammation is also connected to type 2 diabetes by interfering with insulin function, making blood sugar harder to regulate. In the brain, it has been linked to Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s, damaging neurons and accelerating cognitive decline.

Your gut health isn’t spared either. An imbalance in gut bacteria, often caused by poor diet and stress, can lead to “leaky gut syndrome,” allowing harmful bacteria to enter the bloodstream and

trigger widespread inflammation. Even cancer risk increases, as chronic inflammation can damage DNA and promote tumour growth.

A diet high in processed foods, sugar, and unhealthy fats is a major contributor. Chronic stress keeps cortisol levels elevated, prolonging inflammation. A sedentary lifestyle, poor sleep, and exposure to environmental toxins like pollution, smoking, and alcohol all make matters worse.

A diet rich in whole foods—fruits, vegetables, fatty fish, and nuts— helps. Regular exercise, stress management techniques like meditation, and quality sleep all play vital roles. Staying hydrated and reducing smoking and alcohol intake make a difference.

Effect Doctors offer cutting-edge solutions to tackle inflammation, Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy (HBOT), floods the body with oxygen enhancing tissue repair and reducing oxidative stress. Their IV drip therapy provides essential anti-inflammatory nutrients like glutathione, zinc, selenium, and magnesium, help regulate immune function and fight inflammation.

Chronic inflammation is a silent but serious threat. However, with the right lifestyle changes and advanced medical treatments, you can reduce its impact and improve your long-term health. effectdoctors.com

“A

diet rich in whole foods—fruits, vegetables, fatty fish, and nuts— helps. Regular exercise, stress management techniques like meditation, and quality sleep all play vital roles”

Dr Will Turner

THE FERTILITY CENTRE

There are a number of reasons why you may wish to preserve your fertility:

• For social reasons

• Preparing to transition

• Ahead of treatment for cancer such as chemoor radiotherapy

• If you have been diagnosed with gynaecological conditions, such as endometriosis or ovarian cysts

THE DETAILS

The Kensington Wing

THE DETAILS

If you would like to talk to one of the team, call 020 3315 8616, email chelwest.kensington@nhs.net or visit thekensingtonwing.co.uk

The Kensington Wing enquiry team are always happy to support with these arrangements and answer any questions.

HOUSE & GARDEN

IMAGE: ORIGINAL STYLE – A collection of London’s finest house and garden companies –

INTERIORS

STORE IT IN STYLE

Modern bedroom and sophisticated storage solutions “made in Germany”. That’s what Rauch stands for. We produce ecologically friendly furniture in every style – with an emphasis on quality. Because healthy and relaxed living is what we care about and always have. For the last 125 years – a family tradition. rauchmoebel.co.uk

FRENCH CONNECTION

Bring timeless French elegance to your bedroom with the Limoges French Style Upholstered Bed. Inspired by Louis-style design, this exquisite piece features hand-carved details, dovetail joints, and solid wood slats for enduring quality. maisonhavenfurniture.co.uk

PRETTY IN PINK

Blush pink feathers combine with brass ball chain to create this statement light shade. coldharbourlights.com

PERFECT SLUMBER

Created specifically to enjoy at the end of a busy day, this muchloved, beautiful blend contains powerful essential oils to help quieten the mind and cocoon the senses with calm. Notes of relaxing lavender, restorative clary sage and soothing chamomile combined with calming vetivert and cedarwood work beautifully together to help quiet minds, ready for sleep. thewhitecompany.com/uk

ON THE WILD SIDE

The Faux Rug, a masterpiece that seamlessly blends style and comfort to redefine your living space. Its high-detail printed design brings an unparalleled level of realism, creating an intriguing focal point for your decor. The colour scheme, both classic and versatile, effortlessly harmonises with any style, ensuring a perfect match for your unique taste. scs.co.uk

Liveable Luxury

Luxury

furniture that doesn’t sacrifice comfort

The idea of liveable luxury is reshaping our interiors, proving that elegance and everyday comfort are no longer at odds. We want it all – the fine materials, the best in design, the expertly crafted details, but we want it with a comfy, practical slant please. Now we need to feel relaxed around it, not like we should lock it away and ‘keep it for best.’

The latest direction? Thoughtfully mixing refined materials – wood and metal, glass and stone, soft upholstery and structured silhouettes –to create rooms that feel oh-so curated yet nestleinto-me inviting.

Where once luxury was defined by high-gloss perfection and matching sets, today’s vision is focused on day-to-day life and what designs are like to actually use after the photos are taken. We want exquisite, elegant, elevated spaces while

keeping them approachable and friendly, for homes that are for living in, not just admiring.

This means furniture with character and practicality – sculptural marble-topped coffee tables with anti-shin-bump rounded edges, plush armchairs with deep seats designed for lingering, and cabinetry that marries natural textures with sleek details. It’s about balancing opulence and a sense of ease.

“It’s about homes that are just as beautiful in real life as they are on screen – but infinitely more enjoyable to live in”

The result? Interiors that feel indulgent without being intimidating, sophisticated yet effortless. It’s about homes that are just as beautiful in real life as they are on screen – but infinitely more enjoyable to live in.

Our 25,000 sq ft showroom in Hatch End, Greater London contains the largest and most upto-date collections of Porada in the UK. A veritable melting pot of timbers, textiles and marbles that has just received an update with the latest spring styles. Visit our design space and explore just how versatile high-end design can be.

chaplins.co.uk

Resin Bound: The Smart Choice for LongLasting, Sustainable Driveways

Since 2004, Oltco has been transforming outdoor spaces with high-quality resin bound surfaces. This innovative solution has become a top choice for homeowners and businesses, offering a seamless, durable, and stylish alternative to traditional driveways, patios, and pathways.

and harsh weather conditions without cracking or fading. The smooth, non-slip finish also enhances safety, making it a practical choice for driveways, pathways, and even large-scale commercial projects. Available in a variety of colours and stone blends, resin bound can be customised to complement any property’s aesthetic.

In 2019, Oltco introduced Recycle Bound, a pioneering solution that incorporates recycled plastic waste into resin bound surfaces. This innovative product has helped recycle the equivalent of over 800 million plastic straws, offering an eco-friendly option without compromising strength or durability. Each square metre of Recycle Bound contains the equivalent of 3,000 plastic straws, turning waste into a valuable resource.

One of the key benefits of resin bound surfaces is their permeability. Unlike concrete or block paving, resin bound allows water to drain naturally, helping to prevent puddles and reducing flood risks. This makes it a Sustainable Urban Drainage System (SuDS) compliant option, ideal for both residential and commercial properties. Additionally, resin bound surfaces require minimal maintenance—there are no loose stones, weeds struggle to grow, and the surface remains in excellent condition for years with just occasional cleaning.

Durability is another major advantage. Resin bound surfaces are built to withstand heavy use

While Recycle Bound is popular for residential properties, it has also been installed in high-profile commercial spaces, including hotels and attractions. With plastic pollution continuing to be a global challenge, Oltco’s Recycle Bound provides a practical and sustainable solution. Oltco stands by its commitment to quality with an industry-leading guarantee of up to 20 years. Whether you choose traditional resin bound or the eco-friendly Recycle Bound, you’re investing in a driveway that is built to last.

To learn more or book a consultation, visit oltco.co.uk or call 0800 040 7795.

The Astoria Collection

Discover the contemporary wallpaper collection that channels timeless style available now at Beautiful Walls

Colour and pattern combine with traditional charm and contemporary styling in a new wallpaper range available at Beautiful Walls.

The Astoria Collection by Ronald Redding is the newest addition to the family-run retailer’s everexpanding wallpaper portfolio and it is a beauty.

Bursting with pattern, the 12-strong collection has it all. From the subtle geometrics of Diamond Legacy through to the flamboyant florals of Monroe, it is a collection that pays homage to traditional wallpaper design while offering a nod to 21st century interior styling.

Tim Dixon, Managing Director of Beautiful Walls, said: “Astoria is a timeless collection that manages to bring a touch of heritage while remaining fiercely modern.

“It channels the past while exuding a contemporary charm that will transform the look and feel of spaces where it is used.

“It offers colour, pattern and a style that never dates – it really is a triple threat.”

Highlights include Floral Lace, which weaves wildflowers with prairie grass. This elegant design is available in five colourways and brings a touch

of whimsy to interiors.

For a more dramatic look, Regent is a nononsense herringbone design that adds texture as well as pattern.

Like Monroe, Peacock Estate is a design bursting with colour and florals. It also features regal peacocks and lively sparrows that perch amidst branches packed with berries and blooms.

Tim added: “Astoria is a celebration of modern wallpaper design.” beautifulwalls.co.uk

“Astoria is a timeless collection that manages to bring a touch of heritage while remaining fiercely modern”

Denim Blue

Denim Blue as a focal colour offers a cool yet inviting backdrop that effortlessly balances nostalgia and modernity due to its immediate association with traditional designs like Toile de Jouy and Delft.

Shades ranging from soft chambray to deep indigo are key but by adding a contemporary twist, by way of mischievous characters found in the prints, Divine Savages have created striking designs that work well in both regency townhouses and country cottages alike. The strict colour palette of denim blue with white keeps the designs timeless, further enhancing the myriad historical references within them. divinesavages.com

The Modern Security Landscape: When Cyber and Physical Threats Collide

Alocked door and a high-end security system used to be enough to keep threats at bay. Not anymore. Today, criminals don’t always need to break in—they can hack in. A weak Wi-Fi password, an unpatched smart lock, or an unsecured camera feed could be all it takes to give them access. In the UK, cyber-enabled crime is becoming more sophisticated. Hackers have gained control of smart doorbells to monitor when homeowners are out. Burglars have exploited Wi-Fi vulnerabilities to disable alarms remotely. Even luxury homes have been targeted through leaked digital blueprints. Meanwhile, vehicle theft has surged as criminals use relay attacks to bypass keyless entry systems, stealing cars in seconds without ever needing the physical key. True security today means thinking beyond locks and alarms. It’s about securing what can’t be seen—the digital loopholes that could expose you to real-world danger.

SIX SIMPLE FIXES FOR A MORE SECURE HOME

1. Lock Down Your Wi-Fi and Smart Devices: Your Wi-Fi is the gateway to everything connected to it. Change default passwords, enable WPA3 encryption if available, and set up multi-factor authentication for security apps. If hackers can’t get into your network, they can’t get into your home.

2. Create Separate Networks for Smart Tech: Smart devices aren’t built with the same security as phones or laptops. Keep them on a separate Wi-Fi network so a breach in one doesn’t expose everything else. Many modern routers offer a “guest” or IoT network—use it.

3. Limit Remote Access: Smart locks, cameras, and alarms often come with remote-access features, but not all of them are necessary. Turn off any functionality you don’t actively use, and regularly check which devices and people have access.

4. Update and Audit Regularly: Old software is a hacker’s dream. Enable automatic updates on your router, smart devices, and security systems. Audit your accounts frequently—remove old users and deactivate permissions you no longer need.

5. Harden Your Smart Cameras: Internetconnected cameras have been hacked to spy on homeowners. If you use them, choose models with end-to-end encryption, set strong passwords, and disable remote viewing unless necessary.

6. Be Mindful of What You Share Online: Your social media might be telling criminals more than you realise. Avoid posting travel plans, expensive purchases, or home security setups. What seems like an innocent update could be giving away key details to the wrong people.

A security system is only as strong as its weakest link. The good news? These fixes are quick, simple, and highly effective. A few smart changes can make all the difference between being protected and being exposed.

valkyrie.co.uk

The Ultimate Guide to Redesigning Your Shower

With a Ripples bathroom design specialist

TRENDS FOR 2025

Brassware: Brushed brass and matte black remain popular, adding a timeless elegance. For a softer aesthetic, polished nickel and warm bronze are making a strong comeback, offering versatility and durability.

Tiles: Large-format tiles continue to dominate, reducing grout lines for a cleaner look and easier maintenance. Textured tiles add depth and character, while neutral earthy tones, such as warm greys, beiges, and soft greens, are trending for a calming spa-like atmosphere.

Bathrooms are evolving into wellness retreats, and showers are at the forefront of this shift. Some key trends to consider: Smart Showers: Digital controls allow you to pre-set temperatures, water pressure, and even lighting preferences for a personalised experience.

ant to refresh your shower space

With so many styles and options

to know what will work best in your room. Here, , Senior Designer from Ripples London, talks through the top things to consider when designing a shower space.

Enclosed vs. Walk-In Showers: Which is Right for You?

One of the first decisions to make is whether to opt for an enclosed or walk-in shower. Each has its advantages:

Enclosed Showers: Ideal for maintaining warmth and containing water, enclosed showers are perfect for smaller bathrooms or those wanting a more private feel. Modern designs often feature seamless glass panels to enhance the sense of space while keeping the rest of the bathroom dry.

Consider Who Will Use the Shower

When designing your shower, it’s crucial to think about the needs of all users. For families with children, a walk-in shower with a hand-held shower head is practical for washing little ones, while non-slip flooring and easy-to-clean surfaces ensure safety and convenience. Elderly or mobilityimpaired users benefit from a barrier-free walk-in shower with a built-in seat, grab bars, thermostatic controls, and anti-slip tiles for enhanced safety. Busy professionals may prefer a high-pressure rainfall shower with smart controls, combining luxury with efficiency.

Walk-In Showers: A growing trend, walk-in showers offer a sleek, open feel and are particularly useful for accessibility. They eliminate the need for a threshold, making them an excellent choice for families with young children, elderly users, or those wanting to future-proof their bathroom.

Brassware & Tiles: The Details That Make the Difference

Brassware and tiles set the tone for your shower space. In 2025, we’re seeing a move towards luxurious yet practical finishes:

Sustainable Solutions: Watersaving shower heads and ecofriendly materials are increasingly in demand as homeowners prioritise sustainability without compromising on style.

Minimalist Frameless Designs: Frameless glass enclosures with hidden drainage and integrated storage keep the look clean and contemporary.

Natural Elements: Incorporating stone, wood-effect tiles, and greenery into your shower space enhances relaxation and brings a biophilic element to the design.

Redesigning your shower is an investment in both comfort and style. By carefully considering layout, brassware, tile choices, and the needs of all users, you can create a space that is not only on-trend for 2025 but also timeless and practical for years to come. Whether you’re aiming for a high-end spa feel or a family-friendly design, thoughtful planning will ensure your shower remains a highlight of your home. Visit Ripples London at 26 England’s Lane, Belsize Park, London NW3 4TG, ripplesbathrooms.com or call 020 7449 9594.

Combining pink and green in your home interior – two opposite colours on the colour wheel - doesn’t have to mean a clash. Pink and green work surprisingly well together in a fresh, spring living room to create harmonious interior design. A calming, blush pink styled alongside invigorating moss green creates an exciting contrast. With this playful colour palette as a base, you can choose to style your room fit for the spring season. Keep it contemporary with clean lines, modern accessories and warm wood furniture. Colour pops work well as you can focus on adding additional tones of pink and green in a vase, cushion or rug. Pattern play is also important as it breaks up the blocks of colour introducing interest and depth. Waves and swirls are an ideal pattern choice to add a fun, retro twist to the overall look. furniturechoice.co.uk

BRING IN THE GREENS!

Specialising in a wide selection of new, old and new Persian, Turkish, Caucasian and Turkmen carpets. Various antique, old and new Kilims available. Professional hand-cleaning and restoration service. We buy old and antique carpets – even damaged rugs. Part-exchange and evaluations. 312 Upper Richmond Road West, East Sheen, London SW14 7JN Tel & Fax: 0208 876 0070 | info@rugstoreonline.co.uk

NEW Serene Wallpaper Murals: A Breath of Fresh Air

Since 2013, Wallsauce has been breaking boundaries in interior decor with its innovative wallpaper murals. As a brand, it prides itself on specializing in madeto-measure wallpaper murals with a vast range of unique designs from artists worldwide.

In its latest exclusive collaboration with fine artist Carol Robinson, Wallsauce presents a serene collection, ready to bring relaxation to any space. Known for her popular floral designs, Carol has expanded her offering to abstract landscape designs to bring therapeutic vibes to any space.

Whether you prefer the traditional paste-thewall kind of wallpaper or enjoy the convenience of peel-and-stick wallpaper, Wallsauce has something for all tastes and needs.

Leading by example in sustainable practices, Wallsauce prints in-house, using eco-friendly inks, and providing fully recyclable packaging, promising not just beautiful walls but a greener planet too. Check out this exclusive serene collection at wallsauce.com.

MULTI AWARD-WINNING DESIGN FOR YOUR PROPERTY

THE DETAILS

Winner of Best London

Apartment International Property Awards 2022/2023 cochranedesign.com

COCHRANE BESPOKE

10-12 Fulham High Street, London, SW6 3LQ,

Tel: 0207 751 0075

Email: info@cochranebespoke.com

After winning the prestigious IDFX Award for Best Kitchen in 2014, The Cochrane team at Cochrane Bespoke have continued to deliver high-end, comprehensive joinery design services for discerning private clients, interior designers, property developers, and hoteliers across the UK and internationally. With a focus on timeless design and precision craftsmanship, we take pride in transforming spaces through bespoke solutions that reflect each client’s individuality and vision.

Led by the Cochrane family, our experienced team manages all aspects of joinery—from concept design and project coordination to manufacturing and on-site installation. We approach each project with a deep understanding of spatial dynamics, aesthetic balance, and technical excellence, ensuring a seamless integration of function and beauty.

Every detail is meticulously considered, from initial space planning and architectural detailing to lighting design, custom cabinetry, bespoke furniture, and tailored upholstery. Our holistic approach allows us to craft refined interiors where every element is cohesive, elegant, and purposeful.

Through in-depth consultations and close collaboration with our clients, we tailor each design to their lifestyle and aspirations. Our commitment to a personalised service, combined with our technical expertise and creative insight, results in exceptional spaces that exceed expectations in both form and function.

This dedication has earned Cochrane Bespoke numerous accolades and ongoing recognition in leading UK and international design publications. Our work is celebrated for its distinctive character, uncompromising quality, and thoughtful execution.

We view architectural interior design and bespoke joinery as inherently interconnected. Each bespoke piece is crafted to enhance the architecture of the space while offering creative and elegant solutions that stand the test of time. Our longstanding relationships with the finest suppliers and artisans in the industry allow us to deliver outstanding results with consistency and care.

At Cochrane Bespoke, we are passionate about producing interiors that are not only visually striking but also enduring in quality and intent. Our mission is to create beautiful, functional environments that elevate everyday living.

Photo Max Cochrane - associate director

Bluntas Bespoke is a family- owned, luxury furniture brand nestled in the Cambridgeshire countryside, where sustainability is woven into every design.

The brand specialises in crafting functional, artistic furniture by fusing rare, luxurious stone with salvaged, reclaimed, and one-of-kind objects.

Each piece is an extraordinary work of art, from Back-lit alabaster marble feature wall panels to home bars adorned with semiprecious Agate, striking dining tables and curated home accents. With an emphasis on creating bespoke commissions, they transforms unique materials into eco-conscious masterpieces, offering clients the rare beauty of timeless designs, reimagined with sustainability at its heart.

Web: www.bluntasbespoke.co.uk | Instagram: Bluntas_bespoke | Etsy: bluntasbespoke.etsy.com | Phone:

Introducing Arbour

Lose yourself in the drama of Arbour – a new wall mural from By Haleys

Unapologetically dramatic, a new wall mural from family-run design house By Haleys offers a new take on floral wall coverings.

With tall tree trunks stretching skywards and luscious foliage bursting from every angle, Arbour is bold and brave.

It depicts a striking forest scene, complete with fast-flowing stream, that offers an escape from reality. Its canopy of leaves and branches weave a natural ceiling and envelopes homeowners in a fantasy woodland adventure.

Richard Haley, Creative Director of By Haleys, said: “With Arbour, we wanted to create a mural that showed both the opulence and majesty of the natural world in a very theatrical way.

“Botanical and nature-inspired wallcoverings can be quite subtle, but we wanted to create something that was bold and brooding.

“Colour is key, and we carefully curated a palette that transitions seamlessly from fiery warmth to cool serenity, creating a dynamic tapestry that

captures the essence of a forest bathed in everchanging light.”

The wall mural was brought to life by Design Director Geoff Haley, an artist with more than 40 years’ experience in the interiors’ industry.

“With Arbour, we wanted to create a mural that showed both the opulence and majesty of the natural world in a very theatrical way.

Botanical and natureinspired wallcoverings can be quite subtle, but we wanted to create something that was bold and brooding”

It was inspired by the landscapes of West Yorkshire and hand-painted by Geoff, and the mural depicts every paint stroke adding a unique textural appearance.

Arbour is available now from By Haleys in three colourways: Cerulean, Moss and Celadon and three different finishes: Premier Vinyl, Grasscloth and Matte Uncoated. byhaleys.com

CONCRETE RADIATORS, REIMAGINED BY THE POURED PROJECT

Introducing a world-first in home heating—patentprotected concrete radiators that combine sculptural beauty with cutting-edge performance. Designed and handcrafted in Britain, these radiators are more than a source of warmth—they are an architectural statement.

Available in bespoke colours, our radiators are suitable for mains, solar or battery power, and can be wall-mounted or free-standing. Made from our signature sustainable concrete mix, they require no plumbing or maintenance and have a life expectancy of over 50 years.

Ideal for those renovating character homes or building new, energy-conscious properties, The Poured Project offers a smart, long-lasting, and beautifully crafted alternative to traditional heating.

For those who expect more from every detail.

THE NEW LOVE STORY COCOON BED IN NATURAL LINEN

British female-founded furniture brand, French Bedroom, launches its newest addition to the Love Story collection, the Cocoon Bed in Natural Linen.

Following the continued success of French Bedroom’s best-selling Love Story collection, the Cocoon Bed in Natural Linen is the seventh addition to the collection’s bed offering. A love affair of French Bedroom’s own, this piece is designed in-house and crafted exclusively for the brand.

Designed with comfort and luxury in mind, the Cocoon bed in Natural Linen takes inspiration from an antique Porter’s chair, with its wingback headboard that hammocks weary heads, creating a cocooning environment to serenely bring each day to a close and begin a new one feeling held in harmony.

The sweeping and undulating headboard has been upholstered in a unique blend of linen and natural tree viscose, in a buttery putty tone, whilst the footboard, framework and cabriole legs are crafted from pure oak, creating the perfect pairing.

The bed is hand-carved and provides the perfect centrepiece to any bedroom. Much like its Love

Story counterparts, this bed is destined to become a future heirloom, handed down through the generations.

The Love Story Cocoon Bed in Natural Linen is timeless, classic, versatile, and the perfect choice for when you need to be enveloped and cocooned in tranquillity.

“We love the grand scale but enveloping style of this bed, designed to suiting both period townhouses and bijou cottage-core homes, and making it the focal point of your bedroom.”

Georgia Metcalfe, Founder and Creative Director of French Bedroom.

Within the Love Story collection, French Bedroom has also launched a 3-drawer nightstand in solid oak, an ode to classic French boudoir furniture design. The Love Story 3-Drawer Nightstand is tall and slender, with a petite footprint. However, with its three layers of drawer space, storage is anything but compromised. Perfectly paired to sit on either side of the Love Story Cocoon Bed, or as a stand-alone side table, the Love Story 3-Drawer Nightstand doesn’t compromise on style or functionality.

frenchbedroom.co.uk

“French Bedroom has also launched a 3-drawer nightstand in solid oak, an ode to classic French boudoir furniture design”

www.thewisteriatree.co.uk info@thewisteriatree.co.uk

Tel: 07590 078659

This summer, refresh your home and garden with beautiful home decor pieces from The Wisteria Tree Home Interiors. Create a serene, inviting atmosphere with light, airy accents and natureinspired designs. From chic, contemporary touches to cozy, relaxed vibes, we have everything to elevate your space.

Soft, elegant designs to enhance any room, perfect for creating a fresh, breezy summer ambiance. High-quality pieces for every style. Versatile decor to suit every corner of your home

Shop Now and Bring Summer into Your Home!

STUDIO NICOLAS AUBAGNAC

It’s quite amazing how sometimes the work resembles its artist and the artist resembles his work. A perpetual mirror game where the spirit, the soul and the body resonate on both sides in an almost vital need to coexist.

noble, demonstrate this agility to enchant; the finish, luxurious and stamped, expresses this disposition for detail, the ultimate coat of arms of perfection.

One of the great French designers of furniture and lighting Nicolas found his eponymous studio in 1997 with his business partner, Delphine Read, and launched his collections of lighting and furniture with the desire to perpetuate the excellence of French craftsmanship. His first exhibitions immediately inducted him into the confidential world of Haute Decoration. Soon the designer’s signature spread to the four corners of the globe, in notable projects such as Hôtel de Crillon and the Hôtel Georges V in Paris, The Woodward hotel in Geneva, the luxury boutiques of Chaumet, Yves Saint Laurent and Dior, the Château Smith Haut Lafitte, private jets or even several French Embassies. Two reference galleries in New York, Maison Gerard and Twenty-First Gallery, also represent him. Architect of lines and materials, Nicolas AUBAGNAC has been one with his creations for the last 25 years, in the setting of his Parisian studio where he welcomes his clients to discuss their projects.

To observe Nicolas AUBAGNAC - a French artist, designer and interior architect - with the greatest attention, we are struck by several impressions: the youth of a face that escapes time, the erudition of a being attached to knowledge, the delicacy of a gesture sensitive to grace, the look of an artist seasoned in Beauty and the requirement of a man who leaves nothing to chance. Looking more closely at the creations of Nicolas AUBAGNAC, we are captivated by the resemblance. The lines, geometric and harmonious, evoke this timeless youth; the style, antique and contemporary, reflects this taste for knowledge; the gesture, refined and sensual, translates this innate grace; materials, rare and

THE DETAILS

STUDIO NICOLAS

AUBAGNAC

Delphine Read

26 cité de Trévise, 75009 Paris. contact@nicolas-aubagnac.com Mobile : + 33(0)6 64 41 39 11 nicolas-aubagnac.com

The secrets of kerb appeal Has your home got the look?

Walk down any street in England and you can tell, almost instinctively, whether the doors and windows of a home really suit the structure of the building. When the windows are wrong it is blindingly obvious – but when they have been chosen well, or the original windows and doors preserved, the effect is often simply beautiful.

So what should you consider when investing in new Timber Windows?

For many homeowners, restoring the integrity of the original structure is paramount. Choosing windows and doors that faithfully replicate the appearance of the building in its heyday, but with 21st century performance, is now achievable with the Timber Windows range.

Whilst some customers follow the conservation route, for others the opportunity to blend traditional and contemporary styles is a serious temptation. Pairing a stunning contemporary front door with beautiful box sash windows may give the individuality that your home has been longing for.

Rest assured that any investment in Timber Windows will help to restore the real value of your home!

Time was when every window frame in sight was white, or unsightly aluminium. Today the choice of factory applied colours and finishes

available for all timber windows & doors adds a level of choice our predecessors would envy. With natural timber finishes, subtle shades of green, blue and grey, as well as pristine white and elegant black, the Timber Windows colour palette can help to highlight or to blend in.

And finally let’s not forget your neighbours, those passing by and even future purchasers. Style, colour and your choice of windows and doors all have a part to play in how your home is regarded – but rest assured that any investment in Timber Windows will help to restore the real value of your home.

Visit their showrooms in Battersea and Teddington, and a member of their expert team will be happy to advise how you can enhance the value and beauty of your home.

CONTACT DETAILS:

Timber Windows of Battersea

133 Northcote Road, Battersea, SW11 6PX

Tel: 0208 544 2420

Timber Windows of Teddington 2 Broad Street, Teddington, TW11 8RF

Tel: 0203 995 9496

Showrooms also in Esher, Guildford & Reigate timberwindows.com

KITCHEN DESIGN EXPERT

Improve your layout, maximise storage and give your space a luxurious new look with Kitchen Bee. With over 15 years’ experience, founder and head designer Mioko is a kitchen design expert who knows how to work with any interior, from compact apartments to period townhouses, taking care of your new kitchen every step of the way.

Choosing a kitchen designer is one of the most important decisions you’ll make for your home. Kitchen Bee spends time with clients to get to know how they use their kitchen in order to make it work harder and better.

This personal approach guides you from start to finish. From a kitchen remodel to a full extension, Kitchen Bee’s stunning selection of kitchens, design and project management service with its network of experienced architects and contractors means that you don’t need to worry about a thing.

“I had no idea what I wanted or even liked but with Mioko’s patient and meticulous guidance, we arrived at the wonderful kitchen we have today.”

Photography: Anna Stathaki

Kitchen Bee Design Ltd. The heart of your home -– designed around you. www.kitchenbeedesign.com Contact: mioko@kitchenbeedesign.com / 07590 406007

Dining in Perfection

Make every meal special with our dining collection, designed to bring warmth, style, and unforgettable moments to your table.

Our dining collection features distinctive accents and impeccable charm, designed to elevate your table with elegance and individuality.

The Nº11 chair takes the cue from key figures of the surrealist movement such as Salvador Dali and René Magritte and turns their work into a subtle art furniture piece.

The Empire dining table symbolises generations of gatherings and decisions, both in times of celebration or tension.

Hera represents the blossom of a golden new era full of life and inspiring beauty. Defined by strong and emotional paths filled with intricate details, this mythological entity is the magical inspiration behind this lighting piece.

Discover the art of dining with our stunning collection, crafted to transform every meal into an experience worth savouring. For further information or inquiries, please feel free to contact us at contact@jouelabelle.com or on Press Loft. We’re here to assist and inspire! jouelabelle.com

“The

Nº11 chair takes the cue from key figures of the surrealist movement such as Salvador Dali and René Magritte”

A revitalised grand Georgian Townhouse

Alison Henry Design Studio has unveiled a breathtaking transformation of a Georgian townhouse steps from Elizabeth Street in Belgravia. Originally built in the 1830s during Thomas Cubitt’s era, this five-storey residence has been meticulously reimagined to create a warm, inviting family home, seamlessly blending heritage charm with contemporary sophistication.

Upon entering, guests are welcomed by a grand, light-filled entrance, setting a serene tone throughout the home. The renovation began with a structural overhaul to enhance natural light, improve spatial flow, and introduce a seamless extension leading to a new balcony overlooking a tranquil courtyard garden. The breakfast area, framed by Crittall doors and an extended roof beyond the bespoke Smallbone kitchen, fosters an airy, family-friendly atmosphere.

Alison Henry and her team have crafted an interior that fluidly combines classic and contemporary elements, in harmony with the creative tastes of the owners who cherish British modernism, contemporary art, European design, and fine antiques. Every detail, from white-oiled oak floorboards and chalk-finished walls to Ralph

Lauren Crystal Chandeliers in Antique Silver Leaf and French-style carved marble fireplaces, has been carefully chosen to reflect the home’s history while meeting the demands of modern living.

A highlight of the drawing room is The Final Frontier, a captivating piece by David Yarrow, adding a striking artistic touch, whilst the master bathroom showcases white Statuario marble mosaic with elegant Drummonds fixtures and fittings, including a shower room with a glass roof lantern, maximising natural light. Antique mirrors and lush green vistas bring continuity with the natural beauty outside, while rich green tones in the kitchen and drawing room add depth, enhancing the connection between spaces.

“My studio’s approach to design is as much about finishing touches, details, and products as it is about the overall concept. Working with knowledge and passion, we delve deep into exactly what the client is after, bringing their unique vision and dreams to life.” – Alison Henry

This revitalised Belgravia townhouse is a masterclass in balancing historical integrity with contemporary sensibilities – a sanctuary for family living and refined entertaining, where timeless design meets modern sophistication. alisonhenry.com

“The renovation began with a structural overhaul to enhance natural light, improve spatial flow, and introduce a seamless extension leading to a new balcony overlooking a tranquil courtyard garden”

Enhancing Safety with Style: Fireco Installs 80

New Fire Doors at Lord’s View One

Situated in the St. John’s Wood area, Lord’s View One is a prestigious residential block overlooking Lord’s Cricket Ground. As part of a recent full refurbishment, the Residents’ Board prioritised fire safety by replacing all 80 flat entrance fire doors to meet the latest fire regulations and enhance protection for residents.

Fire doors are essential in residential settings, acting as barriers against fire and smoke. Ensuring compliance with current fire safety standards is both a legal requirement and crucial to responsible building management. To achieve this, the residents sought a trusted supplier - and found Fireco.

A frustrating search

“We replaced the doors because over half weren’t compliant with current regulations, and the others needed major remedial work,” explains Sima Elli, Chair and Residents’ Project Coordinator. “Given the full refurbishment, a complete replacement made sense.”

Finding the right supplier wasn’t easy. “We contacted about a dozen companies, but many were slow to respond or didn’t offer the full specification we needed,” Sima adds. “None inspired confidence, until we connected with Fireco.”

A seamless solution

Fireco’s professional, transparent approach

made an immediate impression. “Alex, their Senior Commercial Manager, was extremely knowledgeable and attentive,” says Sima. “He explained everything with patience, addressing our concerns every step of the way.”

Following a site visit and product demonstrations, the Board ordered 80 FD30S walnut veneer doors with concealed closers. Fireco’s team then handled project management and installation efficiently. “From site survey to managing the entire project, everything ran smoothly. The veneer doors look beautiful, with excellent acoustic and draught insulation,” Sima adds. “Fireco’s team was genuinely friendly, hardworking, and professional - a rarity these days.”

Summing up her experience, Sima says: “Fireco have been incredible from start to finish. I’m blown away by the level of service we received. Don’t hesitate to give them a call - I’m very glad we did!”

Why Fireco?

Fireco offers fully certified, primary-tested doorsets and BMTRADA-certified installation services. They also provide fire door inspection services to help property managers maintain compliance.

Visit fireco.uk or call 01273 320650 for expert fire safety solutions. Watch the video youtube.com/shorts/ spdrk2oXl18

“Fireco have been incredible from start to finish. I’m blown away by the level of service we received. Don’t hesitate to give them a call - I’m very glad we did!”

MODI: THE FUTURE OF LUXURY LIGHTING DESIGN

In today’s discerning world, where design is a central focus for many, Modi stands at the forefront of luxury lighting innovation.

Founded in 2024 by creative director Andrew Lim in Hove, UK, Modi is revolutionizing the way lighting is perceived, designed, and experienced. With a commitment to offering access to exceptional lighting designs, Modi is paving the way for a new era in the luxury sector. What truly sets Modi apart is its dedication to empowering customers as designers. “Today’s customer is more design-aware and discerning. They value bespoke creations and are empowered to shape their own vision,” says Andrew Lim. “Modi gives them the tools to do this through our streamlined process, removing the burden of searching through endless catalogues.” Modi’s approach allows clients to engage in the design process directly, transforming lighting from a simple necessity into a personalized work of art.

Modi’s curated collection features globally sourced, luxury lighting pieces made from the finest materials such as onyx, marble, crystal, cast bronze, polished brass, and alabaster. These designs are not dictated by fleeting trends but instead focus on timeless, distinctive pieces that elevate any space. “Our design-focused approach

ensures that we avoid on-trend styles, in favour of unique and sustainable designs that will remain relevant for years,” explains Lim.

But Modi doesn’t just provide products—it offers a complete lighting solution. “Technical and architectural lighting is one of the critical foundations of a space, and while often overlooked, it is considered equally as important,” says Lim. The brand provides a comprehensive lighting experience, blending technical and decorative solutions to meet the unique needs of every space.

Moreover, Modi’s offering extends beyond the product itself. Customers can benefit from personalized shopping experiences, guided by the expertise of in-house design professionals. These professionals work one-on-one with clients, ensuring every detail is met with precision and care. Modi’s commitment to client satisfaction culminates in an exclusive experiential journey, offering personal tours of the finest Venetian design houses. Clients are invited to witness the craftsmanship behind exquisite glassware and gain a deeper understanding of luxury design. For more information, make an enquiry at info@modistore.co.uk or visit modistore.co.uk.

“Today’s customer is more design-aware and discerning. They value bespoke creations and are empowered to shape their own vision”

Elegance meets functionality

At lights&lamps, we pride ourselves on offering an exquisite selection of exclusive designs that embody both elegance and functionality. Our collection is a curated blend of Japandi style and mid-century modern aesthetics, showcasing unique lighting solutions that enhance any space.

Japandi style, a harmonious fusion of Japanese minimalism and Scandinavian warmth, is at the heart of our design philosophy. Each piece reflects a commitment to simplicity and craftsmanship, utilizing natural materials such as wood, bamboo, and rattan. We work hard to elevate each piece and often we pair these natural materials with luxurious linens and signature aged brass and bronze finishes.

Our mid-century chandeliers stand as bold statements of style, combining sleek lines with organic forms. Crafted from premium metals and glass, these fixtures are designed to evoke a sense of nostalgia while remaining distinctly modern. The warm tones and soft finishes create an inviting atmosphere, making them perfect for both intimate gatherings and grand soirées. The intricate details, such as handmade glass shades and artisanal metalwork, ensure that each chandelier is a unique work of art.

In addition to exquisite form, our designs prioritize function. Many of our lighting solutions

feature adjustable brightness and energy-efficient LED options, allowing you to create the perfect ambiance for any occasion. The harmonizing palette of muted earth tones, soft whites, and gentle pastels complements a variety of interior styles, ensuring that our pieces seamlessly integrate into your home.

We believe lighting is more than just a utility; it is a vital element of design that influences mood and atmosphere. Our exclusive collection invites you to explore the intersection of beauty and practicality, providing options that are not only visually stunning but also thoughtfully designed for everyday living. Whether you are looking to illuminate a cosy nook or make a statement in a grand entryway, our lighting solutions will transform your space into a warm, inviting haven. lightsandlamps.com

“We believe lighting is more than just a utility; it is a vital element of design that influences mood and atmosphere”

How to gain Picture Perfect Lighting from your old existing picture lights

So many people are unhappy with the performance of their existing picture lights but do not want to throw them away. In these days of high sustainability, quick and easy solutions are now available to upgrade them to the latest LED technology. When completed correctly you will experience the following immediate improvements:

BEFORE

• Over illumination at the top

• No light coverage further down

• Damaging heat & UV from the light

• Frequent lamp changes

• High running costs

• Broken or fixed arm positions

• Lightsource glare when viewing your art

• Scratched and looking old

Be careful though, not all LED upgrade solutions are the same. Here are a few things you will need to look out for and insist on:

Colour temperature

A warm white colour, ideally 2,700K.

Colour Rendering Index (CRI)

Gain the highest level possible. From 0 (no light) – 100 (sunlight). Many LEDs are as low as RA60 or RA80. Do not accept anything less than RA95. The higher

AFTER

• Uniform canvas coverage

• Rich colours & improved definition throughout

• Removal of heat & UV

• No lamp changes for over 10 years

• Running costs reduced by up to 93%

• New arms sized correctly to gain great coverage

• Swivel knuckles to tilt the head & remove the glare

• An “as new” appearance following spray painting

the CRI the truer the colours viewed will be. This will also add to the depth and definition and bring out some hidden gems in your paintings.

LED lensing & spacing

A good spacing between LEDs is 6” but will be dependent on the size of the painting, and the LEDs will need to be lensed to gain a high coverage across the whole canvas especially further down.

“With over 18 years of LED lighting experience, I wanted to develop a high quality, low cost & easy to install LED upgrade kit to light art well and this product does just that.” ~

Iain McIntosh (Managing Director)

Arm length

In some instances, the existing arm will be sufficient, however a simple replacement arm with a swivel knuckle inserted will allow you to position the head correctly to gain the best coverage. This will also allow you to screen the lightsource from view so that there is no glare, with only the light coverage on the painting being seen.

Lighting levels

To ensure the correct level of illumination is achieved, you will need to have a separate dimmer for each picture light. Being able to dim the light, correctly positioning the head and lensing the LEDs will ensure an exceptionally good coverage across the surface of the painting.

Existing head size

Modular upgrade kits are available now for easy installation. Size variations in these kits are essential to ensure the spread of light is maximised from the head size. Existing heads start at about 4” and can go up to 40”, as standard, and you will need your lensed LEDs to be evenly spaced throughout the entirety of the head at 6” intervals.

Upgrading your picture lights

This process needs to be quick and easy so that it can be carried out at your property should you wish to complete the upgrade yourself or by the lighting company. 3 of these 4 examples were upgraded at the client’s property by the client.

If you are considering upgrading your existing picture lights and need some further advice, please do make contact, I would be more than happy to advise & support you further if it would be helpful.

Iain McIntosh, Heritage Lighting Matters 07793 581314

iain@heritagelightingmatters.com heritagelightingmatters.com

A 30” x 25” Portrait using an 8” picture light

A 100” x 58” Portrait using a 36” picture light with a broken arm

A 60” x 40” Landscape using a 22” picture light. A double hang comparison - Top (Halogen) & Bottom (LED)

A 20” x 24” Landscape using a 14” picture light.

ARCHITECTS & INTERIOR DESIGN GUIDE

– Making the most of your home, inside and out –

IMAGE: GREGORY PHILLIPS ARCHITECTURE

Lindi Reynolds & Co.

This Fernshaw Mansions Pied-a-terre, set within a Victorian Mansion block in the heart of Chelsea, London, was lovingly renovated and restored for a family of four. It had been remodelled a few times over the years, with each new owner adding a layer of their own; resulting in a hodgepodge collection of rooms and spaces. Lindi Reynolds & Co restored it sympathetically, taking it right back to its bones and then with remedial work to all walls, and by reclaiming original ceiling heights and features, re-instated the Victorian character of the home. This entailed a challenging electrical re-wire of the property, the copying of existing cornice and refitting of it where absent and some structural wall maintenance. Once a fresh canvass had been achieved the team at Lindi Reynolds and Co. furthered the design package, ensuring that all storage requirements and furniture placements would work sympathetically with the new layouts. Through a full renovation there wasn’t a single surface left unaltered by the team.

The clients brief was to restore the original character whilst bringing it up to date sympathetically; to achieve a haven of quiet yet inspired calm for a modern, progressive family. The primary design objective was to introduce a high degree of visual interest with colour, print, texture, scale and proportion. High value was placed on the importance of craftsmanship and finish. This enabled the designing and making of bespoke items of furniture, best seen in the dining room. Made to the highest standards in craftsmanship, the hope is that these exquisite furniture pieces will be treasured and loved by the

next generation.

To help establish a sense of tranquility, Belgian linen cloth was fitted to the reception rooms and passages. With its sound absorbing qualities, this product helps to achieve a calm space which is also rich and refined in character and soft on the eye.

One of the challenges was that the bedrooms were relatively small in footprint and passageways narrow. Through clever design and use of bespoke cabinetry and furniture, however, the spaces have been granted a greater sense of space and functionality.

Every step of the way, this award-winning architectural interior design company added value as they went, enabling a joyful, hassle free project experience from beginning to end.

Photo Credit: Jonathan Bond Photography

“Every step of the way, this award-winning architectural interior design company added value as they went”

Gregory Phillips Architects

Founded more than 30 years ago, Gregory Phillips Architects is a multiaward winning architecture studio specialising in prestigious contemporary residential design.

Established as one of the UK’s leading residential architects, we deliver the finest homes to the highest architectural quality with a carefully considered approach. Whether the project is an extension, a renovation or an entirely new house design, every project we work on is transformative and we care about every detail. We strive for every project to be our best yet.

We design homes that are bold, contemporary and of the highest quality. All our designs are carefully considered to realise and unlock the potential of one’s home and site, whilst catering for the specific needs of our clients. Our homes aim to create a deep connection to their surroundings and a sense of place.

Known for open, light-filled spaces, rich materiality, precise detailing and a strong connection between inside and outside living, we balance striking architecture with the diverse requirements of domestic life. They are usually family homes, loved by our clients.

From extensions and renovations of suburban houses, listed buildings or city apartments through to complex new build houses, all our projects share the same focus on understated luxury that defines the modern house.

Located in Holborn at the heart of London, we are on the doorstep of one of the world’s most vibrant and creative cities. Culturally rich, ever-changing and with a wealth of skilled suppliers, craftsmen and consultants, our projects originate here and span the breadth of the UK and internationally.

Working with an architect on your home is a personal journey and

a relationship that can span multiple years. We work to understand our clients’ needs and realise these in every project. Each house is a tailor-made product of the process.

We have an unrivalled track record of delivering the most demanding projects. We feel comfortable navigating complex briefs, planning processes and building to the highest standards.

Whilst our process is flexible, for the majority of our homes, we are involved from concept to completion. Our team of project architects have vast experience and have all worked at the studio for many years.

Our portfolio has been recognised internationally for both architecture and interior design, with accolades including Best House in Europe from the International Design and Architecture Awards, Sunday Times British Homes Awards, a RIBA Award, a Grand Designs Award and a Homes and Garden Award, among others.

We strive for excellence and are pleased to be honoured alongside our peers, but the real measure of our success is consistently exceeding the expectations of our clients.

gregoryphillips.com

KATHERINE RICHARDS DESIGN

Ahome should reflect the people who live in it. But how do you create a space that truly tells your story? This is where

Katherine Richards comes in. As a Spatial Interpreter, she doesn’t just design interiors; she deciphers your narrative and transforms it into spaces that feel deeply personal and cherished.

Her anthropological approach ensures that every environment reflects the people who inhabit it, creating spaces that feel deeply authentic and alive. Rooted in her background as a theatre stage designer, where every object has a purpose and role in the story, Katherine brings this same philosophy to interior design. Every piece in a space has intention and resonance, capturing the essence of the people who live there expressed through form, colour, and materiality. Her spaces feel cohesive and alive, telling the personal story of those who inhabit them.

This skilled understanding of spatial storytelling extends to her sculptural work. Katherine’s lamps are not just lighting fixtures; rather statements, imbued with artistry and narrative. Each piece an exploration of light and form, where design meets

functionality. Her upcoming collaboration with Wendy Cushing Passementerie and her recognition at the FX International Design Awards 2024 for her limited-edition lamp, Cuenca, are testaments to her uniquely creative approach. These lamps, like her interiors, are experiences, engaging the senses and evoking emotion.

Her latest lamp is on display in Holland & Sherry at Chelsea Harbour Design Centre, further demonstrating the bridge between the worlds of interior design and sculpture and Katherine’s understanding of the story first, then bringing it to life through design.

For Katherine, every detail matters. The texture of fabric, interplay of light and shadow and balance of objects within a space — all part of her meticulous approach; creating environments that feel both crafted and deeply personal, where design is not just seen, but felt.

If you’ve ever struggled to find a home that feels truly you, Katherine Richards offers a rare artistry that transforms environments into living reflections of the inhabitants

She listens, observes, and translates your uniqueness into an environment that’s not just designed but felt.

“Her latest lamp is on display in Holland & Sherry at Chelsea Harbour Design Centre, further demonstrating the bridge between the worlds of interior design and sculpture “

katherinerichardsdesign.co.uk

William Deakins Architect

William Deakins Architect (WDA) is a design-led practice based in London, specialising in private residential, commercial, and conservation projects. The studio seamlessly integrates architecture, interiors, and landscape to create a holistic and cohesive design approach. Their work is rooted in craftsmanship, sustainability, and a deep respect for context, resulting in buildings and interiors that are both beautifully crafted and enduring.

Each project is approached with a genuine passion for high-quality design, carefully balancing warmth, texture, light, and scale. WDA develops practical, buildable solutions that blend traditional construction techniques with modern technology, ensuring a timeless yet innovative aesthetic. Sensitivity to physical and historical context is paramount, with projects designed to enhance the lives of occupants while minimising environmental impact.

Collaboration is at the heart of WDA’s process. They work closely with clients to conceive refined, inventive designs that respond to individual needs and the unique character of their surroundings— whether in urban or rural settings, areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty, or National Parks. Their work is rigorously detailed, highly crafted, and conceptually clear, with a hands-on approach

from concept to completion.

Drawing from a trusted network of suppliers, consultants, and skilled craftspeople, WDA delivers sensitive, well-executed designs that respect vernacular traditions while embracing sustainable technologies. Their expertise extends to navigating complex planning and heritage contexts, tackling challenging sites, and delivering distinctive, original architecture that enhances its setting and provides a strong sense of place.

William Deakins, founder and principal, is a registered member of the Royal Institute of British Architects (RIBA) and the British Institute of Interior Design (BIID). With 30 years of professional experience and qualifications from the Royal College of Art and the University of Westminster, his work is characterised by a commitment to inventive, crafted design that is both authoritative and enjoyable to inhabit. williamdeakins.com

Below: Eaton Square: Nick Guttridge

Left: Swiss Ski Lodge: Edmund Sumner

Top: Heley Extension: Will Scott

Crafting Your Sanctuary: Jo Ahmedzai Studio Redefines Home

In a world that demands constant connection, the need for a personal sanctuary has never been more vital, and the concept of “home” has evolved.

Your home now reflects your personal style and is a space where we seek solace and inspiration.

Jo Ahmedzai Studio understands this fundamental shift, transforming houses into personalised havens that resonate with each client’s unique essence.

The studio understands that true luxury transcends mere aesthetics, focusing instead on creating environments that foster well-being and comfort. Their interior design philosophy centres on crafting spaces that embody tranquillity, purpose, and enduring elegance, spaces that are good for people and the planet. Interior design, in their view, extends beyond decorating and selecting furniture; it involves creating spaces that nurture, inspire, and reflect the unique stories of their inhabitants. Their passion drives them to design sustainable luxury homes where beauty and responsibility coexist seamlessly.

The confluence of “quiet luxury” and sustainable interior design marks a significant shift in the planning and curating of spaces. Instead of overt displays of wealth, emphasis is now on understated elegance, high-quality craftsmanship, and a deep respect for the environment.

Quiet luxury, by its nature, promotes longevity, a focus that aligns seamlessly with sustainable design. Selecting materials from responsible suppliers and supporting local artisans reduces environmental impact while investing in high-quality furniture and decor built to last, reduces waste, and minimises the need for frequent replacements, all in harmony with vegan, compassionate and Eco-conscious values.

“From ethical foundations, we foster luxurious outcomes”

While quiet luxury is often perceived as minimalist and limited to neutral palettes, it can manifest through rich textures, deep colours, and layered details, as seen in this family home’s bold colours and bespoke kitchen.

This design philosophy shifts the focus of interior design towards creating spaces that resonate on a personal and emotional level. It’s about crafting a home that narrates the inhabitant’s story, incorporating travel-inspired art, family heirlooms, bespoke pieces and antique finds. Every carefully selected item adds depth and character, resulting in an atmosphere of curated, tranquil sophistication.

The studio delves into the very essence of how the space impacts those who inhabit it.

By merging these design philosophies and emphasising the quality of materials and construction, Jo Ahmedzai Studio creates beautiful, environmentally conscious spaces that are timeless and resilient against fleeting trends. This shift reflects a commitment to mindful consumption and fosters a more informed and responsible approach to interior design.

BEGIN YOUR JOURNEY: Transform your living space into a sanctuary of purpose, elegance and well-being. Partner with Jo to design a home that truly reflects your values and enriches your life.

Jo Ahmedzai T: 07519635234

E: studio@joahmedzai.co.uk W: joahmedzai.co.uk

Welsh Hand-Crafted Heirloom Furniture:

The ‘Aber Chaise’

Elevate your space with timeless design.

The ‘Aber Chaise’ by Needle Rock Originals is handcrafted in Wales using traditional joinery and upholstery techniques - a modern heirloom, made to last for generations.

Each chaise takes over 100 hours to create and is built to last for more than 100 years. Your chaise is made by private commission, with your taste and comfort at the heart of every decision.

The standard 5ft ‘Aber Chaise’ is available in both right- and left-handed designs, with hand-turned or swept hardwood legs fitted integrally. Longer or shorter versions are also available, alongside scaled-down companion pieces for pets or little ones. Whether you’re after a statement piece or a cosy corner to unwind, there’s a size to suit every home.

The Needle Rock Way

Built on a handcrafted hardwood frame, every ‘Aber Chaise’ features a network of coil springs, each one individually sewn and lashed by hand - a time-honoured technique that provides firm, flexible support and has never been improved. An independently sprung and hand-stitched rolled edge brings structure to the silhouette.

Layers of traditional stuffing materials, including coir (coconut fibre) and horsehair, add breathable resilience, comfort and plushness. Prefer plantbased materials? We can also offer fully vegan builds with no animal products - just let us know.

“Built on a handcrafted hardwood frame, every ‘Aber Chaise’ features a network of coil springs, each one individually sewn and lashed by hand”

Are you a luxury homeowner or high-end interior designer?

Are you ready to order a bespoke hand-crafted ‘Aber Chaise’?

Commissioning your chaise is as easy as 1,2 3.

1. Take the Quiz at aberchaise.co.uk and see how you score.

2. Book a no-obligation consultation to discuss your space and ideas.

3. Choose your perfect fabric(s), pay your deposit and begin your ‘Aber Chaise’ journey where we’ll keep you updated every step of the way.

Go to aberchaise.co.uk or call 01974 211297.

EMILIE FOURNET INTERIORS: NOT JUST A PRETTY SPACE

For Emilie Fournet Interiors, design is not simply about creating beautiful spaces— every room should evoke a sense of inspiration and comfort. A truly well-designed space becomes a part of the lifestyle of those who inhabit it.

The studio’s process begins with an understanding of the people who will call the space home. The design journey is deeply personal, where every detail is informed by how one lives, gathers, and experiences their surroundings. While the language of design—colour, texture, light— guides their work, it is always secondary to creating a space that feels truly yours.

Emilie Fournet Interiors oversees each project from start to finish, ensuring that every element is thoughtfully executed. This hands-on approach includes regular site visits to monitor progress and maintain the integrity of the design vision,

elevating it at every stage.

With a focus on quality and craftsmanship, they curate furniture, finishes, and layouts that support the rituals of daily life. Each choice is deliberate, bringing together aesthetic beauty and functionality with a personalised elegance. The result is a space that looks effortlessly composed but is the product of careful and deliberate planning.

For those seeking to refine an existing project rather than undertake a full renovation, bespoke consultations are available. Whether the goal is a subtle refresh of colour and texture or maximizing the potential of a rented home without permanent changes, Emilie Fournet Interiors offers expert guidance that ensures a seamless transformation.

In the words of Emilie Fournet herself: “Design is not about chasing trends or creating fleeting moments of beauty. My studio is only interested in creating spaces where every detail contributes to a life well-lived.”

Get in touch to talk about the space you want to live in, and how to make it happen.

Emilie Fournet Interiors

Interior Design Sudio

London, United Kingdom

emilie@emiliefournetinteriors.com

emiliefournetinteriors.com

“With

a focus on quality and craftsmanship, they curate furniture, finishes, and layouts that support the rituals of daily life”

“Specialists in residential interior design and architectural partnerships. Spectacular period transformations, reimagined contemporary spaces and unique designs for life in and out of the city.” www.emiliefournetinteriors.com

HOUSES WITH SOUL

Founded by Nerissa Davies, Davies Creative Interiors is one of the leading specialists in period home interiors. We believe that history and modernity should exist in perfect harmony. We create homes that are not only comfortable and efficient but also rich in soul and character, respecting the past while embracing contemporary living. With a deep appreciation for original craftsmanship and meticulous attention to detail, we ensure that every home we design tells its own unique story.

Restoring period properties and focusing on injecting and restoring the most important features of the property and lovingly showcasing the best of these features in the home is the ambition and determined focus of Nerissa’s work. From beautiful 15th and 16th-century cottages to grand Georgian and Victorian townhouses and country mansions, she treats each project as a wonderful journey into history and restoration for the future.

Period property designed for the future

We understand the delicate balance of preserving historical charm while enhancing a home’s functionality. Whether it’s a Georgian townhouse, a Victorian terrace, or a 17th-century cottage, we seamlessly integrate period details with modern convenience, ensuring homes remain practical and inviting for today’s lifestyle. From restoring ornate moldings to reviving aged woodwork, our focus is on celebrating the character of each home while making it effortlessly livable.

sensitive kitchens, we take pride in breathing new life into historic homes. Lighting, texture, and materials are carefully selected to enhance original features, ensuring a timeless and cohesive design.

Project Highlights

• A Georgian Copper bath set in an elegant ensuite, framed by a grand Georgian window—a fusion of history and luxury.

• A hallway painted in Mulberry Sulking Room Pink, with panelled walls that exude warmth and heritage.

• A 17th-century kitchen, scribed to fit the natural angles of the space, incorporating contemporary appliances without compromising its historic charm

Victorian bedroom

• Full interior design services for period properties

• Bespoke furniture and fixture sourcing

• Period feature restoration and enhancement

• Space planning and architectural detailing

For more information or to discuss your project, contact Nerissa Davies at nerissa@daviescreative.co.uk

Instagram: instagram.com/nerissa.davies

Bespoke design and delicate renovation

Each project is a thoughtful collaboration, combining expert craftsmanship with a client’s vision. Whether uncovering hidden fireplaces, reinstating ceiling roses, or designing period-

Design Masterclass

Interview with Lenka Marsh, Director of Saint & Noire Interiors

In the nearly two decades since Lenka Marsh began her career in the interior design industry, she has observed numerous trends emerging and fading. Nevertheless, she believes that quality and timeless designs will always endure. In one of her recent projects, the acclaimed interior designer and kitchen cabinetry specialist shares her approach to designing the most essential room in a home.

What is your latest project about?

Our latest project involved a complete transformation of the ground floor, including the family kitchen, lounge, and powder room. We envisioned the kitchen as a space for brunches, celebrations, and gatherings—where the family can spend valuable time together. Our layout beautifully complements the area, featuring taupe wall paint that enhances the soft tones of the cabinetry, accentuated by elegant rose-gold details. A standout feature is the Dekton porcelain breakfast bar, which seamlessly connects two spacious islands. The cocktail bar units at the back include interesting details, such as a sliding screen inspired by my recent trip to Milan.

What is your signature style?

I embrace a variety of styles, but my designs always prioritise balance, classic elegance, and a hint of

contemporary flair. I strive to create interiors that evoke emotions and enhance everyday life. My inspiration comes from diverse sources, and I aim to educate the eye while remaining open to exploration and unafraid to break the rules.

What are you working on at the moment?

I like to stay busy, so my team and I are currently engaged in two house renovations in St Albans, an apartment in Chelsea, and a new family home in the Cayman Islands. Additionally, we are excited to extend our interior design services beyond Hertfordshire to the vibrant area of Chelsea in London. We have also recently launched our new website, which showcases our diverse portfolio of projects, both in the UK and internationally. saintandnoire.com

Photo by Jacob Milligan

“I like to stay busy, so my team and I are currently engaged in two house renovations in St Albans, an apartment in Chelsea, and a new family home in the Cayman Islands”

REDEFINING INTERIOR AESTHETICS

We transform spaces into timeless stories of design, where architecture meets emotion and craftsmanship meets innovation. With award-winning projects across three continents, we create interiors that elevate everyday living into a curated experience.

Where art and Elegance meet

For more information, visit www.ohrastudio.com

Email: info@ohrastudio.com | Tel: (0)208 187 1188

Creating spaces that tell personal stories, blending timeless design with purposeful detail and quiet luxury

Ohra Studio: A Global Name in Luxury Interiors

Rooted in London

Led by award-winning architect and interior designer Zlata Rybchenko, Ohra Studio has become a defining force in the world of high-end residential design. With projects across the UK, Europe, the Middle East, and Africa, the London-based studio is recognised for its elegant, emotionally intelligent spaces that reflect both global sensibility and personal story.

Zlata’s multicultural background - born in Ukraine, trained as an architect in Brussels, and now based in London - shapes her unique approach to design. Her work is characterised by a refined sense of proportion, masterful use of materials, and a deep understanding of how environments can improve quality of life. Every project at Ohra Studio blends architectural precision with artistic sensitivity, creating homes that are both visually timeless and intimately liveable.

In 2024, Ohra Studio was recognised among the Top 100 Interior Designers by the prestigious Luxury Awards, a testament to the studio’s dedication to craftsmanship, innovation, and luxury without excess. This honour reflects its commitment to delivering bespoke design experiences for an elite global clientele who seek not just beauty but meaning in their spaces.

Specialising in private homes and boutique developments, Ohra Studio offers a comprehensive and transparent process—from creative concept to full project realisation. The team excels in curating rare finishes, sourcing oneof-a-kind pieces, and incorporating wellness, smart systems, and sustainability into their interiors.

What sets Ohra apart is a belief that luxury is not about opulence alone but about enhancing daily life through thoughtful design. Clients choose Ohra for its discretion, international expertise, and the sense of trust and calm that defines every collaboration.

As the luxury property market in London evolves, Ohra Studio stands as a trusted design partner for those who value authenticity, sophistication, and a truly tailored approach to living well.

Where art and Elegance meet.

For more information, visit ohrastudio.com

Email: info@ohrastudio.com Tel: (0)208 187 1188

Design Trends Spring 2025

Individualistic Interiors

Here at Marie Kalsi Interior Design, we pride ourselves on creating ‘individualistic interiors’ for our clients. We listen to their likes and dislikes and curate a style that fits their lifestyle and not follow current trends, as we believe individuality will always set your space apart.

Hallways

The hallway is a guests first impression of your home so have fun with vibrant colours, pattern runners, oversized flamboyant pendant lighting and add some character with wood panelling, this will really set the scene for the rest of your home. Your hallway should be the talking point at your dinner parties.

Colour drenching

Painting all the surfaces of a room, including walls, trim, ceiling, and even furniture, in the same colour or a closely related palette, will create a cohesive and impactful look to your home. Also think about adding a complimentary wallpaper to really add some drama.

Internal glazed doors & windows

Internal windows and glazed doors are the perfect solution for light-starved rooms. Brightness is borrowed from adjacent spaces making a home feel larger and better connected and sparing you the upheaval of knocking down walls. You can choose from wooden frames for more traditional character or and some crittall glazing to add more of an industrial feel.

Built-in storage

As our homes get smaller and more people working from home, space becomes a premium. So, by designing bespoke, built in storage you can ensure you are using every inch of your home to its best use.

Instead of converting your understairs space to a toilet think of bespoke storage for shoes and coats to keep your hallway clutter free. If a bedroom is to double up as a study introduce some built in storage that is not only functional but beautiful as well.

mariekalsi.co.uk

“The hallway is a guests first impression of your home so have fun with vibrant colours, pattern runners, oversized flamboyant pendant lighting and add some character with wood panelling”

Our London interior design studio can deliver a project from start to finish, so you only deal with us, resulting in a hassle-free renovation.

INTERIOR DESIGN – PLANNING – STRUCTURAL – PROJECT MANAGEMENT EXTENSIONS – KITCHENS – BATHROOMS – SUSTAINABILITY

EMILY RENNIE DESIGN ELEVATED LIVING, THOUGHTFULLY DESIGNED

For discerning homeowners seeking to transform their property into a refined yet highly functional sanctuary, Emily Rennie Design is an award-winning interior architecture and design studio that offers an exceptional service tailored to each client’s unique requirements.

Specialising in the renovation and extension of period properties in southwest London—Emily brings a rare depth of experience to her craft. With a background in estate agency, a portfolio of over 60 completed renovations of all sizes and a nuanced understanding of the local property market, she offers clients both creative vision and strategic insight.

Each project begins by unlocking the untapped potential of the home—whether reimagining a layout for modern family living or introducing bespoke features that elevate everyday moments. Emily’s designs blend architectural integrity with the timeless appeal of natural materials, curated furnishings, and exquisite detailing. Her studio is known for crafting layered interiors that are both

“Above all, Emily Rennie Design offers more than beautiful interiors; she delivers peace of mind”

luxurious and deeply personal, reflecting each client’s lifestyle, values and aesthetic. Services range from online consultations for early-stage advice, to full-service design and project coordination. For larger-scale projects, Emily works closely with architects, builders, and craftspeople, overseeing every detail with discretion, clarity and a meticulous eye. Clients benefit from access to trade-only suppliers, custom joinery and hand-finished furnishings—alongside trusted guidance through planning, budgeting and procurement.

Above all, Emily Rennie Design offers more than beautiful interiors; she delivers peace of mind. The result is a home that functions effortlessly, enhances daily living and represents a wise, long-term investment.

Whether you’re embarking on a transformative renovation or refining a space to suit a new chapter in life, Emily offers a collaborative and considered design process that places your needs—and aspirations—at its heart.

To explore how your home could be reimagined, visit emilyrenniedesign.com or follow @emilyrenniedesign for inspiration and insights.

Image: Anne-Marie Bickerton

Image: Tania Aherne

Image: Chris Snook

Image: Anne-Marie Bickerton

Where style meets comfort Studio JKL creates homes designed for life

Imagine a home where elegance and functionality harmonise seamlessly—a sanctuary that elevates everyday living. This philosophy is at the heart of Studio JKL, an award-winning interior design studio known for creating refined yet practical interiors for busy professionals and families.

Founded by Jo, whose dedication to luxury interiors is matched only by an unwavering passion for crafting homes that inspire. In a short time, Studio JKL has built a reputation for seamless execution and meticulous attention to detail. The studio was recently recognised with Best of Houzz 2025 awards for both Design and Service, a testament to its thoughtful, client-focused approach.

Studio JKL’s clients lead demanding lives, balancing careers, travel, and family. With limited time to manage design decisions, they rely on the studio for a hands-off yet highly personalised experience. Every detail is carefully curated—from bespoke joinery to sophisticated colour palettes— ensuring that each home is both visually striking and deeply functional. One client shared, ‘My flat now looks and feels really classy but it also remains my home. I had never worked with a designer before but I was really impressed by the process and pleased with the project. Jo sprinkled magic on

“Every detail is carefully curated—from bespoke joinery to sophisticated colour palettes—ensuring that each home is both visually striking and deeply functional”

everything and I’d highly recommend working with Studio JKL.’

At the core of Studio JKL’s approach is the belief that comfort is life’s most important luxury. The studio transforms interiors into elegant yet liveable spaces, where intuitive layouts, custom furnishings, and carefully selected finishes create a home that feels effortless. Every project is managed with precision, working with trusted craftsmen and suppliers to ensure flawless results without the stress.

For those seeking a home that is as practical as it is beautiful, Studio JKL offers a design experience that is as effortless as the spaces they create. Discover how they can transform your home into a timeless masterpiece—tailored for the way you live.

studiojkl.co.uk

Introducing Vicuna Design & Vicuna Furniture

Vicuna Design is a boutique, awardwinning design and build studio based in London, celebrated for its highly personalised approach to luxury residential interiors. At the heart of the practice lies a belief in considered design — where beauty, function, and narrative come together in spaces that feel timeless, expressive, and entirely bespoke.

The studio offers a fully integrated service, guiding clients from the very first sketch through to construction oversight, interior architecture, and final styling. Each project is approached with a meticulous eye for detail and a deep respect for craftsmanship, ensuring that every layer — from material selection to furniture specification — is handled with care and purpose.

What sets Vicuna apart is its ability to seamlessly manage both the creative and technical complexities of a project. Whether transforming a listed period townhouse or shaping a contemporary new-build, the studio curates a design journey that is both structured and intuitive, allowing clients to feel supported and inspired at every stage.

Beyond its interior architecture offering, Vicuna has also carved a distinct path in the world of bespoke furniture. Through Vicuna Furniture, the

studio creates custom pieces that blend refined aesthetics with meaningful materiality. Currently in development is its debut capsule collection, The Revival Collection — a series of one-of-a-kind furniture designs crafted from reclaimed natural stones and architectural fragments sourced from historically significant sites across the UK.

Every piece in the Revival Collection comes with a beautifully detailed certificate of provenance, documenting the origin of the materials and celebrating their transformation. This initiative reflects Vicuna’s broader philosophy: that design should be both enduring and rooted in story — a celebration of craftsmanship, sustainability, and heritage.

From full-scale design and build projects to singular pieces with soul, Vicuna Design continues to shape environments that are quietly luxurious, deeply personal, and crafted to stand the test of time.

THE DETAILS

To explore the studio’s work or enquire about upcoming collaborations, visit vicunadesign.com or exclusive furniture vicunafurniture.com

Instagram @vicuna_design and @vicuna_decor.

AWARD-WINNING INTERIOR DESIGN IN CENTRAL LONDON

From conceptualisation to the final touches, we specialise in providing unparalleled design services that epitomise sophistication and craftsmanship.

At Vicuna Design, we excel in creating tailor-made joinery solutions that perfectly complement your space, whether residential or commercial.

Our team of visionary designers are dedicated to transforming spaces into timeless works of art, reflecting the unique essence and aspirations of our discerning clientele.

Full- Service Interior Design and Project Management. Cutting-edge 3D visualisation –providing an end-to-end design journey to turn your dream into a reality.

Bespoke Joinery and Furniture procurement

Each piece is meticulously tailored to suit the unique requirements and aesthetics of our clients, ensuring that every detail reflects individuality and refinement.

For further information on our award-winning service, get in touch to talk to one of our friendly designers. Visit

STUDIO LUNET interior design & architecture

Studio Lunet is an award-winning interior design and architecture studio dedicated to bringing colour, style and personality to thoughtfully designed, functional spaces. Co-founded by interior designer Janet Hanson and architect Louise Massie, the Studio works on projects in and around London and the home counties, integrating architecture and interiors for a streamlined service where the design process is completely aligned.

Our projects can range from simple interior design schemes and internal reconfigurations to home extensions and entirely new buildings. Regardless of the project scale, we collaborate closely with our clients to understand their needs and challenges, delivering design-led solutions that reflect both personality and lifestyle.

The process begins with a comprehensive assessment of each client’s unique requirements to optimise space usage and functionality, ensuring the final design suits the way you live and work. From there, our team works collaboratively with the client through the space planning, concept and design development stages. We can manage all of the practical elements of a building project including planning application, building regulation and tender, as well as co-ordination and

THE DETAILS

Tell us about your project at hello@studiolunet.com for an introductory chat, or visit our website studiolunet.com

procurement of the interiors.

Architecturally we favour a fusion of contemporary design with heritage reference points, creating a connection between the old and new. Our interiors are always elevated with a little edge be they craft-led and laid-back or elegant and tailored, utilising custom design and finishes with creative use of colour.

Caroline Cobbold Design Ltd

Caroline Cobbold Design Ltd is an Interior Design and Interior Architecture studio based in North London, set up in 2007.

With a wealth of experience from over 30 years in styling and set decorating for film and TV advertising, Caroline Cobbold has developed an undeniable style that has led her to work on beautiful interior projects and collate a client list that covers an impressive array of private residences and commercial properties in the UK and overseas.

Caroline lives and breathes design.

With impeccable taste and attention to detail evolved organically over the years, Caroline translates her vision into chic and eclectic interiors. Highly adept at combining different genres of styles, with a talent for borrowing cultural influences from her experiences with work and travel and her use of antique furniture alongside contemporary pieces create beautiful surroundings that are completely unique.

Caroline’s design process from start to finish is highly personal and collaborative. Her skills lie in her versatility as she adapts her instinctive style to bring the clients vision to life with her striking aesthetic and dedicated professionalism. She aims to create a finished interior that reflects the true personality of its owner while working within an agreed budget and programme to provide the client with an outcome that exceeds their original expectations.

Every room tells a story. She brings rooms to life with her bold use of colour and her discerning eye for the unexpected unique placed piece, whether it is contemporary or period, marrying seamlessly the old and the new.

Caroline’s Interiors have been quoted as; ‘pared back sophisticated chic with the merest suggestion that a clandestine moment has just taken place’

Caroline’s approach to sustainability is in longevity. Caroline’s interiors are built to last and to stand the test of time or fleeting fashions.

Caroline is currently working on developing a few unique pieces of her own and has recently completed a Garden Design project for a residential house in Hampstead. carolinecobbolddesign.com

FREE QUOOKER FLEX with all orders over £5,000 plus VAT T&C’S apply

REAL KITCHENS FOR REAL FAMILIES

We supply high quality German, Italian and traditional handmade English bespoke kitchens at family-friendly prices.

Our 2025 range offers all the modern developments in kitchen design, including reduced plinth heights and the TIP-ON touch opening system, together with specialised utility room furniture providing a myriad of clever storage solutions.

Much of our business comes via word-of-mouth recommendations from happy clients. We’re proud of our reputation and our customer service is second to none, for which we were awarded the Best of Houzz Client Satisfaction Award.

Specialist plastering company that has been established for over 30 years.

Recently, the firm were selected in LUXLlfe’s 2018 Leading Designers Awards where they were awarded the accolade Most Outstanding Plastering Firm in London. They also won the Plastering Company of the Year award in LTG Lifestyle Awards 2018/2019 and the Best Plaster Restoration Company South East England award of BUILD 2018 Construction & Engineering.

Established in 1990, London Plastercraft Ltd have the largest range of stock cornice patterns anywhere with over 200 Victorian patterns, more than 100 Edwardian and over 100 Georgian, along with many other modern and period designs. Currently they have been developing cornice patterns to incorporate L.E.D lighting and also air conditions flow through designs.